Thus pollution passed from one thing to another and from that other to third whereby God figured the contagioness no spreading abroad and infecting where it goeth leaving uncleannesse till the end of that day and beginning of a new then washing our selves by repentance and faith in the bloud of Christ we are cleane For we are buried with him by baptisme into death that like as Christ was raised up from the dead unto the glory of the father even so wee also 〈◊〉 walke in newnesse of life Rom. 6. 4. CHAP. XX. 1 The children of Israel come to Zin where Marie dieth 2 They murmure for want of water 7 The Lord biddeth Moses speake to the Rocke and it should give forth water 11 Moses smiâ—elt the Rocke and water commeth out 12 The Loraâ— angry with Moses and Aaron for their unbeleefe 14 Moses at Kadesh desireth passage thorow Edom which is denied him 22 At mount Hor Aaron resigneth his place to Eleazar his sonne and dieth ANd the sons of Israel even the whole congregation came into the wildernesse of Zin in the first moneth and the people abode in Kadesh and Marie died there and was buried there And there was no water for the congregation and they gathered themselves together against Moses and against Aaron And the people contended with Moses and they said saying And oh that we had given up the ghost when our brethren gave up the ghost before Iehovah And why have ye brought the Church of Iehovah into this wildernesse to die there we and our cattell And why have ye made us to come up out of Egypt to bring us in unto this evill place it is no place of seed or of figs or vines or of pomegranates neither is there any water to drinke And Moses and Aaron went from the presence of the church unto the doore of the Tent of the Congregation and they fell upon their faces and the glorie of Iehovah appeared unto them And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Take the rod and gather together the Congregation thou and Aaron thy brother and speake ye unto the Rocke before their eyes and it shall give forth his water and thou shalt bring forth to them water out of the Rocke and thou shalt give the congregation and their cattell drink And Moses took the rod from before Iehovah as he commanded him And Moses and Aaron gathered together the Church before the Rocke and he said unto them Heare now ye rebels shall we bring forth water for you out of this rock And Moses lifted up his hand and he smote the Rocke with his rod twice and much water came out and the Congregation dranke and their cattell And Iehovah said unto Moses and unto Aaron Because ye beleeved not in me to sanctifie me in the eyes of the sonnes of Israel therefore ye shall not bring this Church into the land w ch I have given them This is the water of Meribah because the sonnes of Israel contended with Iehovah and hee was sanctified in them And Moses sent messengers from Kadesh unto the king of EdoÌ„ Thus saith thy brother Israel Thou knowest all the travell that hath found us And our fathers went downe into Egypt and we have dwelt in Egypt many dayes and the Egyptians did evill to us and to our fathers And we cried out unto Iehovah and he heard our voice and sent an Angell and hath brought us forth out of Egypt and behold we are in Kadesh a citie in the utterrmost of thy border Let us passe I pray thee thorow thy countrey we will not passe thorow the fields or thorow the vine-yards neither will we drinke of the water of the well we will goe by the kings way wee will not turne aside to the right hand or to the left untill we have passed thy border And Edom said unto him Thou shalt not passe thorow mee lest I come out against thee with the sword And the sonnes of Israel said unto him We will goe up by the high-way and if we drinkeÌ„ of thy water I and my cattell then I will give the price of it onely without doing any thing else I will passe thorow on my feet And he said Thou shalt not passe thorow And Edom came out against him with much people and with a strong hand And Edom refused to give Israel to passe thorow his border and Israel turned aside from him And they journeyed froÌ„ Kadesh the sons of Israel even the whole congregation came unto mount Hor. And Iehovah said unto Moses and unto Aaron in mount Hor by the border of the land of Edom saying Aaron shal be gathered unto his peoples for he shal not enter into the land which I have given unto the sonnes of Israel because ye rebelled against my mouth at the water of Meribah Take Aaron and Eleazar his son and bring them up unto mount Hor. And strip Aaron of his garments and put them upon Eleazar his son and Aaron shall be gathered and shall die there And Moses did as Iehovah commanded and they went up into mount Hor in the eyes of all the congregation And Moses stripped Aaron of his garments and put them upon Eleazar his son and Aaron died there in the top of the mountaine and Moses and Eleazar came downe from the mountaine And all the congregation saw that Aaron had given up the ghost and they wept for Aaron thirtie dayes even all the house of Israel Annotations THe whole Congregation to wit of the next generation of the Israelites when their fathers according to the judgement threatned in Num. 14. 29. c. were for the most part now dead in the wildernesse as appeareth by Deut. 2. 14 15. Zin or Tsin whereof see the notes on Num. 23. 21. Betweene Hazeroth mentioned in Num. 12. 16. and this place in Zin where now they camped there were eighteene other stations or resting places whither the Israelites had come Num. 33. 18. 36. the first moneth to wit of the fortieth yeare after they were come out of Egypt as appeareth by Num. 33. 38. compared with the 28. verse of this chapter and Deut. 2. 1. 7. So this was the last yeare of Israels travel in the wildernesse and from the sending of the Spies Num. 23. unto this time was about 38 yeares Deut. 〈◊〉 22. 23. and 2. 14. In all which space we see how few things are recorded concerning Israel and the things that are mentioned are partly their murmurings rebellions by which they provoked God for which they were punished partly the means of grace reconciliation and sanctification tought them of the Lord to be obtained by Iesus Christ figured by the sacrifices and ordinances which Moses shewed them that it might appeare that where sinne abounded grace did much more abound Rom. 5. 20. abode in Kadesh about foure moneths they stayed here theÌ„ removing to mount Hor there Aaron died the first day of the fift moneth Num. 33. 38. This Kadesh which the Chaldee nameth
Rekam was either another wildernesse or another place in the wildernesse than that from which the spies were sent Num. 13. 26. called Kadesh barnea Deu. 1. 19. Chazkuni here saith This is not the Kadesh whereof it is said and ye abode in Kadesh many dayes Deut. 1. 46. for that Kadesh is El-Pharan Gen. 14. 6. and is called Kadesh-barnea and from thence the spies were sent but this Kadesh in Num. 20. is in the wildernesse of Zin in the border of the land of Edom. After the rebellion of the Spies God sent the people backe againe thorow the wildernesse towards the red Sea Num. 14. 25. where they might renew the memoriall of their baptisme 1 Cor. 10. 2. and from Ezion gaber w ch is a port on the shore of theÌ„ red sea 1 Kin. 9. 26. they removed next to this Kadesh Num. 33. 36. So Iephthah saith Israel walked thorow the wildernes unto the red sea came to Kadesh Iudg. 11. 16 Marie Hebr. Mirjam in Greeke Mariam she was sister to Moses and Aaron and a Prophetesse by whom God guided the Israelites in their travels as it is written I sent before thee Moses Aaron and Marie Mic. 6. 4. Of her see Exod. 15. 20. Num. 1. 2. In this fortieth yeare of Israels travell God tooke from them by death Marie their Prophetesse in the first moneth Aaron their Priest in the fift moneth Num. 33. 38. and Moses their King in the end of the yeare Deut. 1. 3. and 34. 5. When these three ministers of the Law were deceased Iesus the sonne of Nun a figure of Iesus the Ionne of God bringeth them into the promised land Ios. 1. 1. 2. c. so after the abrogating of the Law our Lord Iesus Christ bringeth us into the kingdome of God Mar. 1. 15. Rom. 7. 4 5. 6. Dan. 9. 24. Vers. 2. there was no water In the first yeare when they were come out of Egypt to Rephidim in the wildernesse they wanted water Exod. 17. 1. and in this last the fortieth yeare they wanted water againe here God tried the children as he had done the Fathers and they also rebelled against him And many things were alike in both places That Rephidim was the tenth encamping place or station from Egypt this in Kades was the tenth encamping place before they entred Canaan as by their rehearsall of their journeyes in Num. 33. is to be seene There the people in their thirst in stead of praying unto God contended with Moses and murmured for that hee had brought them out of Egypt Exod. 17. 2 3. here they doe the same vers 3 4. There Moses cried unto the Lord for the outrage of the people Exod. 17. 4. here Moses and Aaron fall downe before the Lord v. 6. There God promised and gave them water out of the Rocke Exod. 17. 6. here he doth likewise v. 8. There God willed Moses to take his rod here also he commandeth him Take the rod. There the Lord promised to stand before Moses Exod. 17. 6. here his glory appeareth unto him and Aaron v. 6. There Moses by commandement smiting the Rocke with his rod waters came out of it here hee smiting the Rocke without commandement waters came out There the place was named Meribah or Contention Exod. 17. 7. here the place is named Meribah v. 13. That was the peoples sixt rebellion after they were come out of Egypt as is noted on Num. 14. 22. this was their sixt rebellion after they were come from mount Sinai if wee except the private murmuring of Mary and Aaron against Moses Num. 12. For the first was at Taberab Num. 11. 1 3. the next at Kibroth haitaavah Num. 11. 24. then in the wildernesse of Pharan Num. 14. 1 2. after that followed the rebellion of Korah and his company Num. 16. and after it of all the congregation for the death of those rebels Num. 16. 41. now the sixt is in Kadesh Vers. 3. contended chode with bitter and reproachfull words which the Greeke translateth reviled see Exod. 17. 2. And oh or And would God The word And sheweth the passion of minde out of which they spake abruptly see the notes on Gen. 27. 28. and Num. 11. 29. wee had given up the ghost in Chaldee wee had and in Greeke we had perished in the perdition of our brethren before the Lord whereby they seeme specially to meane the pestilence the last plague wherewith their brethren died Num. 16. 49. which pest above other judgements commeth most immediatly from the hand of God as David acknowledgeth 2 Sam. 24. 14 15. And this evill they wished as being easier than to perish with hunger or thirst as the Prophet also complaineth They that be slain with the sword are better than they that be slaine with hunger for these pine away stricken thorow for the fruits of the field Lam. 4. 9. Wherefore they here use the word giving up or breathing out the ghost which seemeth to meane a more easie kinde of death than that which is by force of sword or by hunger or thirst or other like violent meanes So the Hebrewes explaine giving up the ghost to be a death without paine or long sicknesse Vers. 4. to die there understand that we should die there with thirst the Greeke translateth to bill us and our children which words they spake in Exod. 17. 3. Vers. 5. of seed to sow seed in or to plant fig-trees vines c. for the wildernesse was a land of desarts of pits a land of drought and of the shadow of death a land that no man passed thorow and where no man dwelt Ier. 2. 6. Otherwise had there beene commodiousnesse of place the Israelites might have sowen and reaped planted and gathered fruits in those 38 yeares which they abode therein Deu. 2. 14. Vers. 6. from the presence or from the face for feare of them and because of their outrage so in Rev. 12. 14. Psal. 3. 1. fell on their faces in prayer unto God whose glory dwelled in that Sanctuarie so in Exod. 17. 4. Moses crâ—ed unto the LORD See Num. 16. 4. 45. appeared in the cloud as Num. 12. 5. a signe that he heard their prayer and would save them see Num. 14. 10. and 16. 19. 42. Vers. 8. Take the rod in Greeke Take thy rod so God spake before in Exod. 17. 5. but here some gather from verse 9. that it was the rod of Aaron which had budded and was laid up before the Testimony Num. 17. 10. Chazkuni saith This was Aarons rod for loe it is here written in verse 9. And Moses tooke the rod from before the LORD and this was the rod of Aaron as it is written in Num. 17. 10. Bring Aarons rod againâ— before the Testimonie to be kept for a signe against the sonnes of rebellion and forasmuch as Aarons rod was a signe against the sonnes of rebellion hereupon Moses said in verse 10. Heare now ye rebels Howbeit Moses rod which is also called the rod of
God Exod. 4. 20. and 17. 9. might be kept also in the Sanctuary and after in verse 11. it is said Moses smote the rocke with his rod. speake ye unto the Rocke He saith not smite the rocke yet in verse 11. Moses smote the rocke and in vers 10. he spake to the people but it is not said that he spake to the rocke as here he was commanded Some others thinke that Gods intendment in bidding him Take the rod was to smite the Rocke with it and that he sinned not in smiting it but in unbeleefe for which he is blamed in vers 12. it shall give forth his water or the waters of it this promise of God was that whereon the faith of Moses and Aaron should have rested thou shalt bring forth God was he that brought forth and gave water to the people as is often mentioned to his glory He clave the Rockes in the wildernesse and gave drinke as out of the great deepes and brought forth streames out of the Rocke c. Psal. 78. 15 16. So in Psal. 105. 41. and 114. 8. Deut. 8. 15. Nehem. 9. 15 20. But that worke is here ascribed to Moses ministerially for that the waters should come out at his speaking So in other workes of grace the Ministers of the Word are called Saviours Obad. vers 21 for in the faithfull performance of their office they both save themselves and those that heare them 1 Tim. 4 16. Vers. 9. from before Jehovah that is out of the Tabernacle for so the phrase importeth as in Num. 17. 7. Exod. 16. 33 34. Vers. 10. Heare now ye rebels As here he speaketh to the people who was bidden speake to the Rocke vers 8. so the manner of his speech sheweth great passion of minde more than at other times and the Scripture noteth that now the people had bitterly provoked his spirit so that he spake unadvisedly uttering his anger with his lips Psal. 106. 33. shall we bring forth water a speech of doubting and unbeleefe both in Moses and Aaron as in vers 12. God blameth them because they beleeved not in him So before when Moses said Shall the flockes and the herds be slaine for them c. he was blamed with this answer Is the Lords hand waxed short Numb 11. 22 23. Moses was sore moved against this latter generation of Israelites who had seene so many miracles and their fathers perished for rebellion and yet they were not bettered hee might feare lest for their sinning like their fathers the Lord would leave them as he after speaketh in Numb 32. 14 15. Vers. 11. lifted up his hand another signe of indignation being joyned with smiting twice the doubling of his stroke shewed also the heat of his anger Sol. Iarchi on this place conjectureth that 〈◊〉 smote it twice because at first it brought forth bâ—â— drops of water because God had not bidden him smite it but speake unto it much water or many waters He clave the rockes in the wilderrasse and gave drinke as out of the great deeps Psal. 78. 15. The unbeleefe of man maketh not the faith of God without effect Rom. 3. 3. Moses and Aaron beleeved not God to sanctifie him vers 12. yet he faithfully kept his promise and sanctified himselfe vers 13. the Congregation dranke Thus the Lord know his people in the wildernesse in the land of droughts Hos. 13. 5. And they thirsted not when be led them thorow the desarts he caused the waters to flow out of the rockes for them he clave the rockes 〈…〉 so and the waters gushed out Esai 48. 21. The 〈◊〉 out of the Rocke besides the refreshing which it gave unto their bodies was also a spirituall 〈◊〉 from that spirituall Rock Christ 1 Cor. 10. 4. who being smitten for our transgressions Esai 53. with the rod of the Law which worketh wrath Rom. 4. 15. from him proceedeth the living water wherewith the Israel of God may quench their thirst for ever John 4. 10 14. For who so beleeveth in him out of his belly shall flow rivers of living water even the waters of the holy Ghost Ioh. 7. 38 39. To these waters every one that thirsteth is called to come freely Esai 55. 1. Rev. 22. 17. their cattell that water which was both a naturall and spirituall refreshing to the people is given also to the beasts for their naturall thirst because the signes and seales of Gods grace are such in respect of the use of them to those unto whom they are sanctified of God for that purpose So the waters of Iordan were sanctified for Baptisme unto repentant and beleeving sinners Matth. 3. 6. which out of that use were common waters And now not only the Israelites cattell but the wilde beasts also of the wildernesse had benefit by this mercy of God to his people whereunto the Lord hath reference when he saith by his Prophet The beast of the field shall honour me the dragons and the owles because I give waters in the wildernesse rivers in the desart to give drinke to my people my chosen Esai 43. 20. Vers. 12. ye beleeved not in me the Chaldee expoundeth it ye beleeved not in my word Thus unbeleefe was here the chiefe sinne and cause of other sinnes as before in the people Numb 14. so here in Moses and Aaron who were 〈◊〉 partners in the transgression And this their sinne is called a rebellion against the mouth of the Lord Numb 27. 14. and a transgression Deut. 32. 51. which word as R. Menachem here noteth implieth salfhood as in Lev. 6. 2. it is joyned with false deniall and the Apostle saith Hee that beleeveth not God hath made him a lier 1 Ioh. 5. 10. to sanctifie me inwardly in the heart by faith outwardly by obedience to doe that which I commanded and by both to ascribe unto mee the glory of my truth and power So when it is said Sanctifie the Lord of hosts Esai 8. 13. the Apostle expoundeth it Sanctifie the Lord God in your hearts 1 Pet. 3. 15. in the eyes the Greeke translateth it before the sons of Israel This seemeth to be the reason of Gods severity at this time against Moses and Aaron more than before when Moses bewrayed also his unbeleefe in Num. 11. 21 22 23. because he now publiquely dishonoured God before all the people which did aggravate the sin whereas the former time he did it not in their eyes but in private before the Lord. therefore Chazkuni observeth that this word implieth an oath Neither indeed could Moses repentance or prayer get this sentence to be reversed for when the Lord hath sworne he will not repent Psal. 110. 4. 〈◊〉 ye shall not bring This chastisement was grievous unto Moses so that he besought the Lord that he might goe over and see the good land but the Lord was wroth with him for the peoples sakes and would not heare him Deut. 3. 23 26. And as God here spake so it came to passe for Aaron died in
mount Hor Numb 20. 24 28. and Moses on mount Nebo after he had seene the land with his eyes but might not goe over thither Deut. 34. The Psalmist saith Thou wast unto them a God that forgiveth and taking vengeance on their practises Psal. 99. 8. Moses the Minister of the Law though he guided Israel thorow the wildernesse to the borders of the promised land yet could not bring the people thereinto but Iesus or Iosua his successour gave them the possession of it to signifie that the Law which worketh wrath Rom. 4. 15. and the workes thereof by which no flesh shall be justified Gal. 2. 16. cannot bring us into the kingdom of God but Iesus Christ who hath loved us and given himselfe for us giveth us by faith the inheritance of the heavenly kingdome Rom. 4. 24 25. and 5. 1 2 c. Gal. 2. 16. and 3. 13 14 c. Vers. 13. of Meribah that is of Contention or Strife which the Greeke translateth of Contradiction so called for a memoriall of their sinne and for a warning to ages following not to do the like whereupon it is said by David Harden not your heart as in Meribah Psalm 95. 8. The same name was given to the former place in Rephidim Exod. 17. 7. To distinguish betweene them the Scripture calleth this Meribah of Kadesh in the wildernesse of Zin Deut. 32. 51. contended with Iehovah in that they contended with Moses vers 3. it is accounted as contention against the Lord himselfe as he told them before in Exod. 16. 8. The Greeke translateth reviled before the Lord. he was sanctified or he sanctified himselfe in them Though Moses and Aaron sanctified him not by faith and obedience yet was he sanctified among the people by the worke of his grace in giving waters for their thirst Or he was sanctified in them that is in Moses and Aaron as Targum Ionathan explaineth it for by punishing their rebellion he sanctified him-selfe in them as it is written That the heathen may know me when I shall be sanctified in thee O Gog before their eyes where it is understood of punishment as it followeth And I will plead against him with postilence and with bloud c. thus will I magnifie my selfe and sanctifie my selfe and I will be knowne in the eyes of many nations Ezek. 38. 16 22 23. See also the Annotations on Levit. 10. 3. And thus â—ol Iarchi expoundeth it in them for Moses and Aaron died because of them for when the holy blessed God doth judgement c. he sanctifieth him-selfe before his creatures and so it is said Fearefull art thou ô God out of thy Sanctuaries Psalm 68. 36. Vers. 14. Edom the Edomites the posterity of Esais who was surnamed Edom Gen. 25. 30. and 36. 1. This message which Moses sent unto Edom and all things about it following were done by the direction and word of God as appeareth by Deut 2. 1 2 4 c. 〈◊〉 thy brother Israel so the whole nation is called because Iakob whose name was called Israel Gen. â—2 28. was naturall brother to Esau and this title of brotherhood continued long after as in O 〈◊〉 vers 10 〈◊〉 Also the Law saith Thou shalt not abhorre an Edomite for he is thy brother Deut. 23. 7◠〈…〉 travell that hath found us the wearisome molestation that hath befallen us See the like phrase in Exod. 18. 8. Nehem. 9. 32. Vers. 15. into Aegypt The history hereof is in Gen. 46. dwelt Hebr. sitten that is continued in Greeke sojourned Many daies see Exod. 12. 40. Did evill afflicted with rigorous bondage and other cruelty See Exod. 1 c. Vers. 16. We cried out as is recorded in Exod. 2. 23. an Angell This was Christ See Exod. 3. 2. and 14. 19. and 23. 20. with the Annotations Some of the Hebrewes understand it of Moses because the Prophets are called Angels or Messengers as in Iudg. 2. 1. 2 Chron. 36. 15 16. Hag. 1. 13. in Kadesh a citie or by Kadesh to wit in the wildernesse lying neere and having the name of Kadesh the citie Numb 33. 36. The Chaldee here and usually nameth it Rekam Vers. 17. thorow thy country because it was the neerest way therefore when Edom refused to let them goe thorow they turned and passed by the way of the wildernesse of Moab Deut. 2. 8. Iudg. 11. 17 18. the vineyards to rob or make spoile of any mans goods water of the well that is of the wells or of any well the Greeke translateth of thy well Meaning either that they would not drinke without paying for it as in vers 19. or that they would drinke of the rivers which were common not of wells which were private and digged of men for their owne use the kings way that is the high-way which is common for all to passe by vers 19. So againe in Numb 21. 22. Vers. 18. Not passe thorow me that is thorow my country vers 17. as the Chaldee explaineth it thorow my border See the like phrase in Deut. 2. 30. Rom. 15. 28. left I come it is a threatning which the Greeke explaineth otherwise I will come See the Annotations on Gen. 3. 3. with the sword the Chaldee expoundeth it with them that kill with the sword the Greeke in warre It had beene the dutie of Edom to have met their brother Israel with bread and with water in the way as God speaketh of the Moabites Deut. 23. 4. but by this unkindnesse the Lord would have his people to see how all worldly friends and kindred after the flesh will faile them yea and oppose them that their hope and strength may be in him alone Mat. 10. 21 22. Vers. 19. the high way or causey that which before was called the Kings way vers 17. the Greeke here translateth it the mountaine the price Hebr. the sale which both Greeke and Chaldee translate the price This was so commanded of God Ye shall buy meat of them for money that 〈◊〉 may eat and ye shall also buy water of them for money that yee may drinke For Iehovah thy God hath blessed thee in all the worke of thine hand Deut. 2. 6 7. without doing anything else Hebr. without a word that is without any thing which the Chaldee explaineth any evill thing or ward Vers. 20. with much people Hebr. with an heavie people which the Chaldee expoundeth a great army The Scripture confirmeth this as that which in 1 King 3. 9. is written an heavie or 〈◊〉 people is in 2 Chro. 1. 10. expounded a great 〈◊〉 This comming out was to resist Israel by force anâ— strong hand for Edom was afraid of them Deut. 2. 4. and trusted not their words Vers. 21. to give that is to suffer or to give Israel leave to passe as the Chaldee expoundeth it Nor withstanding as they went along their coast the Edomites suffred them to buy victuals of them as appeareth by Deut. 2. 28 29. 〈◊〉 aside and went along thorow the wildernesse and compassed
Chaldee do interpret it the Burning a place so called because the people complaining there the fire of the Lord was kindled and consumed some of them See the historie in Num. 11. 1 2 3. Massah in English the tentation and so the Greek and Chaldee translate it A place at Rephidim in the wildernesse before they came to Horeb ten stations from Egypt in the first yeere of their travell where wanting water they tempted God saying Is the Lord amongst us or no and there he gave them water out of the Rocke Exod. 17. See the annotations there and Psal. 95. 8 9. Heb. 3. 8. c. Deut. 6. 16. Kibroth-hattaavah in English the Graves of lust so translated also by the Greeke Here a little from Taberah forementioned they loathed Manna and lusted for flesh God gave them Quailes but they died of a plague 〈◊〉 the flesh was yet betweene their teeth and 〈◊〉 buried there occasioned this name of the 〈◊〉 for a perpetuall memoriall See Num. 11. 4 34. and the annotations there Also Psal. 78. 〈◊〉 31. and 106. 14 15. Vers. 23. Kadesh-barnea where being come thorow the wildernesse of Pharan to the border of the land of Canaan they were commanded of God to goe take possession Then they sent spies who discouraged the people so through want of 〈◊〉 they durst not enter and were for it condem 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 40. yeeres wandring in the wildernesse and 〈◊〉 ended their dayes See Numb 13. and 14. 〈◊〉 against the mouth that is against the 〈◊〉 or commandement in Greeke yee disobeyed 〈◊〉 word Vers. 24. that I knew you the Greeke expounds 〈…〉 the day that he was knowne unto you So he 〈…〉 deth with a generall charge of rebellion upon them shewing hereby the impossibility of the law and ministery thereof to bring men unto God for it causeth sinne and wrath to abound as 〈◊〉 4. 15. and 8 3. Gal. 3. 19 22. For besides these 〈…〉 lars they sinned many other times in the 〈…〉 nesse as is noted on Num. 14. 22. and in Psa. 〈◊〉 and 106. Vers. 25. I fell downe in Greeke I prayed Hee 〈…〉 th to speake of their reconciliation to God which was by the prayer of Moses as a mediatour 〈◊〉 figure of Christ by whom and not by our own deserts we have entrance into the kingdome of God Gal. 3. 22. 24. Rom. 3. 20 22. and 5. 1 2 c. as I fell downe to wit at the first as v. 18. or which I fell downe that is which I said before that I fell downe But the Hebrew asher which is sometimes used for as as in Ier. 48. 8. said for to destroy that is said that he would destroy you See the like phrases so expounded in Esay 49. 6. with Acts 13. 47. 1 Chron. 17. 4. with 2 Sam. 7. 5. Matt. 20. 19. with Mark 10. 33 34. Vers. 26. Lord Iehovoh in Greeke Lord Lord in Chaldee Lord God See the annotations on Gen. 15. 2. thy people this respecteth their adoption in Christ and justification 1 Pet. 2. 9 10. inheritance this implyeth their sanctification unto the obedience and service of God by the Spirit See Exod. 34. 9. through thy greatnes in Greek through thy great strength as v. 29. it implyeth also his great goodnesse and therefore is often spoken of his gracious workes for his people 1 Chron. 17. 19. Luke 1 49. Vers. 27. thy servants Hee meaneth Gods oath unto them to multiply their seed and to give them the land for an eternall inheritance as is expressed in this prayer before Exod. 32. 13. So the Greeke addeth here unto whom thou swarest by thy selfe hardnesse the naturall corruption whereby the heart is hardned that it cannot repent and beleeve the word of God from which the two evils following doe flow Rom. 2. 5. Vers. 28. the land that is as the Greeke and Chaldee both explaine the inhabitants of the land This reason is also alleaged in Exod. 32. 12. and Numb 14. 16. CHAP. X. 1 A rehearsall of Gods mercies in renuing the two tables of the Covenant 6 in leading the people forward towards Canaan and continuing the priest-hood after Aarons death 8 in separating the tribe of Levi unto the ministerie 10 in hearkning unto Moses his suit for the people 12 An exhortation unto obedience 14 because of Gods glorie 15 love unto Israel 17 justice towards all 21 his fearefull workes 22 and multiplication of his people AT that time Iehovah said unto mee Hew thee two tables of stone like the first and come up unto me into the mount and thou shalt make thee an Arke of wood And I will write on the tables the words which were on the first tables which thou brakest and thou shalt put them in the Arke And I made an Arke of Shittim wood and hewed two tables of stone like the first went up into the mount and the two tables in my hand And he wrote on the tables according to the first writing the ten words which Iehovah had spoken unto you in the mount out of the midst of the fire in the day of the assembly and Iehovah gave them unto me And I turned my self and came downe from the mount and I put the tables in the Arke which I had made and there they be as Iehovah commanded me And the sonnes of Israel journeyed from Beeroth of the sonnes of Iaakan from Moserah there Aaron dyed and was buried there and Eleazar his sonne administred the Priests office in his stead From thence they journeyed to Gudgodah and from Gudgodah to Iot-bath a land of rivers of waters At that time Iehovah separated the tribe of Levi to beare the Arke of the covenant of Iehovah to stand before Iehovah to minister unto him and to blesse in his name unto this day Therefore Levi hath no part or inheritance with his brethren Iehovah he is his inheritance as Iehovah thy God spake unto him And I stood in the mount according to the former dayes fortie dayes and fortie nights and Iehovah hearkened unto me at that time also Iehovah would not destroy thee And Iehovah said unto me Arise goe in journey before the people that they may goe in and possesse the land which I sware unto their fathers to give unto them And now Israel what doth Iehovah thy God aske of thee but to feare Iehovah thy God to walke in all his waies and to love him and to serve Iehovah thy God with all thy heart and with all thy soule To keepe the commandements of Iehovah and his statutes which I command thee this day for good unto thee Behold unto Iehovah thy God belong the heavens and the heavens of heavens the earth and all that therein is Onely in thy fathers Iehovah had a delight to love them and he chose their seed after them even you above all peoples as it is this day Circumcise therefore the super fluous foreskinne of your heart and make not your necke stiffe any more For Iehovah your God
18 29. and 4. 7. 1 Pet. 1. 4. So Ismael cast out from being heire is a type of servants that abide not in the house for ever that is of reprobates Iohn 8. 35. Galat. 4. 30. And though Ismael were now but a youth yet even a child is known by his doings whether his worke be pure and right Prov. 20. 11. therefore Sarah by the spirit of God uttered this speech and God confirmeth it ver 12. and Paul saith not that Sarah but the Scripture speaketh this Galat. 4 30. and by this it is probable that Ismaels mocking was about the inheritance as some of the Hebrew Doctors also have observed R. Moses Gerundens my son who am a free-woman with Isaak who is freeborne see Gal. 4. 30. 31. 28. Vers. 11. very evill or vehemently evill that is very much displeasing as on the contrary to be good in the eyes of any is to please or content Gen. 20. 15. because or for the causes so v. 25. The love to his son caused this griefe howbeit when God bad him kill his beloved son Isaak he shewed no such discontentment Gen. 22. 2 3. it seemeth hee thought this to proceed but from Sarahs owne passion of minde till hee was further informed of God vers 12. 14. Vers. 12. shall seed bee called to thee or shall thy seed be called they shall be named of Isaak not of Ismael that is as Paul inferteth they which are the children of the flesh these are not the children of God but the children of the promise are counted for the seed Rom. 9. 7. 8. Seed to thee may also bee read seed of thee that is thy seed for the Scripture sometime putteth one for another as disciples to thee Mar. 2. 18. is the same that disciples of thee or thy disciples Mat. 9. 14. From this limitation of Abrahams seed to Isaak the Iewes do reckon none for Abrahams but the Israelites as in their Canons they say who so voweth concerning Abrahams seed is free from Ismaels and Esaus sonnes and is not bound but touching Israelites as it is said for in Isaak shall seed be called to thee and loe Isaak said to Iaakob And God give thee the blessing of Abraham Gen. 28. 4. Maimony treat of Vowes chap. 9. S. 21. Vers. 13. make of him Heb. put him unto a nation so verse 28. Compare Gen. 17. 20. thy seed thy sonne according to the flesh though not after the promise as Isaak was Vers. 14. bread Sometime bread is used for all food as in Mark 6. 36. compared with Mat. 14. 15. Psal. 78. 20. if it be not so here the Scripture would note the great hardnesse and miserie which they must indure that are cast out of the Lords inheritance and the child to weet he gave unto her he being now about 18. yeeres of age so casting him his first borne son with her out of his house the wildernesse the way towards Egypt where there was no way no food no waters no inhabitants thus were they exposed to many miseries see Deut. 8. 15. Ier. 2. 6. Contrariwise Isaaks children were led and guided of God through that great fearfull wildernes wherein Ismael and his mother wandred Deu. 32. 10. 11. 12. Ex. 13. 21. 22. Our English word wildernesse signifieth a place where men goe wild that is goe astray or wander as Agar here did and so in Iob 12. 24. Psal. 1074. 40. the like is spoken In Hebrew it is called Midbar as being without order a place not for men to dwell in but onely for beasts who there must also be led and gouerned See Exod. 3. 1. 18. Vers. 15. she cast the child that is shee left him being sicke and fainting for thirst The state of such as are without Christ is hereby resembled Esay 65 13 but they that drinke of his waters shall never thirst for it shall be in them a well of water springing up unto everlasting life Ioh. 4. 14. shrubbes or trees as the Chaldee expounds it The Greeke saith under a firre-tree Vers. 16. the death This sheweth the extremitie that they were come into in the desert who erewhile had meat and drinke enough in Abrahams house now ready to perish for thirst God so chastening their former insolencie A like example is of the prodigall son who almost dyed for hunger when the servants in his fathers house had bread enough Luk. 15. 14. 17. for the man that wandreth out of the way of understanding shall remaine in the congregation of the dead Prov. 21. 16. Vers. 17. there where in Greeke from the place where he is that is in this desolate wildernesse where he lyeth perishing forsaken of all Compare herewith Gods promises to his people in miserie Deut. 4. 27. 30. and Psal 107. 4. 5 6. And thus God remembreth his former promises Gen. 17. 20. and 16. 10. c. Vers. 19. she saw a well which though it were there before yet she saw not her eies being holden till they were opened of God as in Luke 24. 16. 31. By similitude of waters breaking out in the wildernesse and drawing waters out of the wells of salvation the Scripture denoteth the spirituall graces of the gospel communicated with the poore afflicted Esay 35. 6. and 12. 3. Ver. 20. God was The Chaldee paraphraseth the word of the Lord was a helpe to the lad shooter with bow or an archer and so consequently a wariour for shooting with bow was used in battels with men Gen. 49. 23. 24. and 48. 22. and thus the oracle was fulfilled that hee should be a wild man and have his hand against every man Gen. 16. 12. Vers. 21. of Pharan or Paran a wildernesse next adjoyning to the desert of Sinai through which the Israelites journeyed as they went from Egypt to Canaan Num. 10. 12. and 13. 1. 4. Deut. 33. 2. Hab. 3. 3. Vers. 22. Abimelech King of Gerar in Palestina see Gen. 20. 2. Prince that is chiefe Captaine as the Greeke calleth him Archistrategos Chiefe-leader of the Armie God is the word of the Lord is for an helpe to thee saith the Chaldee paraphrast so in the verse following for God he useth the word of the Lord. Vers. 23. if thou shalt lye that is that thou wilt not lye as Psal. 89. 36. an imperfect speech where an imprecation is understood which sometimes is expressed in part as in Ruth 1. 17. the Lord doe so to me and more also if c. For an oath is both a taking of the Lord to witnesse that which one sweareth and to punish if any violate his faith both which Paul expressed when he sware I call God for a witnesse upon or against my soule 2 Cor. 1. 23. See before Gen. 14. 23. and 26. 29. The Greeke for lying translateth hurting or wronging It meaneth false and deceitfull dealing contrary to the covenant now to be made betweene them see Ps. 44. 18 V. 25. a well which was of great use and worth in that dry country as the
Abrahams brother And his concubine whose name was Reumah even she also did beare Tebach and Gacham and Tachash and Maacah Annotations THings Hebr. words that is things spoken of so in vers 20. See the notes on Gen. 15. 1. tempt that is try or prove The originall word hath the signification of lifting up as for a signe or essaying of some high thing And God tempteth men when he requireth some great or high experiment of their faith love and obedience as here and in Exod. 15. 25. 26. Deut. 8. 2. and 13. 3. But tentation often signifieth a soliciting and provoking to evill which Satan doth Mat. 4. 1. 3. and mans owne corruption Iam. 1. 14. In which sense God tempteth no man Iam. 1. 13. for it alwayes tendeth to evill but God tempteth us to doe us good at the end Deut. 8. 26. 1 Cor. 10. 13. And this is spoken of God after the manner of men for hee both knoweth long before what is in man and what himselfe will doe Psal. 139. 2 Iohn 2. 25. and 6. 6. Vers. 2. onely son Paul calleth him onely begotten son Heb. 11. 17. for he had no other of Sarah the freewoman also Ismael of Hagar was cast out of his house Gen. 21. 14. Isaak who was particularly designed for the hope of all Abrahams seed to be called in him Gen. 21. 12. which speciall point the Apostle observeth in this tentation Heb. 11. 18. So Abrahams obedience was tryed in offering his son and his faith in offring him concerning whom he had received the promise Morijah the Greeke calleth it the high land for it was a mountainy country and this high mount was seene far off vers 4. The Chaldee nameth it of the service of God there now performed and after increased for upon this mount Morijah did Solomon build the Temple for Gods worship 2 Chron. 3. 1. And by the Iewes tradition here Adam and Noe sacrificed and served God see the notes on Gen. 8. 20. and 4. 3. burnt offering Hebr. an ascension so called because it went all up in fire burned upon the Altar See Gen. 8. 20. Levit. 1. Vers. 3. rose early so it seemeth this was spoken to Abraham in the night and here his ready obedience is commended as on the contrary the like hast is noted of Balaam for evill hastning to curse Abrahams children which God forbad Numbers 22. 21. Vers. 4. the third day As the number seven is of speciall use in Scripture because of the Sabbath day Gen. 2. 2. so three is a mysticall number because of Christs rising from the dead the third day Mat. 17. 23. 1 Cor. 15. 4. as he was crucified at the third houre of the day Marke 15. 25 and Isaak as he was a figure of Christ in being the onely son of his father and not spared but offered for a sacrifice Rom. 8. 32. so in sundry particulars as this third day in which Christ also was to be perfected Luke 13. 32. and the carying of the wood vers 6. as Christ did the tree whereon he dyed Ioh. 19. 17 the binding of Isaak vers 9. as Christ was bound Mat. 27. 2. and in other like he was a figure of the Lambe of God sacrificed for the sinnes of the world So Moses craved leave for three dayes journey into the wildernesse for to sacrifice Exod. 5. 3. and three dayes they went therein ere they found water to drinke Exod. 15. 22. and three dayes iourney the Arke of the Lords covenant went before them to search out a resting place for them Num. 10. 33. Against the third day the people were to be ready to receive Gods Law Exod. 19. 11. and after three dayes to passe over Iordan into Canaan Ios. 1. 11. The third day Ester put on the apparell of the kingdome Est. 5. 1. and in that day Ezekiah went up to the Lords house recovered as from death 2 King 20. 5. and that day is it wherin the Prophet saith God will raise us up and wee shall live in his sight Hos. 6. 2. And in the third day as well as in the seventh the uncleane person was to purifie himselfe Num. 19. 12. with many other the like memorable things which the Scriptures speak of the third day not without mystery See Gen. 40. 12. 13. and 42. 17. 18. Ion. 1. 17. Ios. 2. 16. Vnto which we may adde a Iewes testimony in Breshith rabba commenting upon this place that there are many a three dayes in the holy Scripture of which one is the resurrection of the Messias Vers. 5. bow downe or worship to weet God for in praying unto or serving God they used to bow their bodies in signe of reverence and honor and sometime to kneele sometime to bend downe the head sometime to prostrate themselves or fall on their faces See these gestures distinguished in the annotations on Exod. 4. 31. we will returne Abraham in faith obeying God did account that God was able to raise up Isaak even from the dead Heb. 11. 19. therefore he thus spake and prophesied of his returne with himselfe when he went to kill him Vers. 6. upon Isaak so Christ bare the wood whereon himselfe dyed Iohn 19. 17. and all good Christians are to beare their crosse and follow him Luke 14. 27. And the sacrifice being to be burned to ashes it was no small quantity of wood that would suffice hereunto by which also appeareth that Isaak was not now a child but a man growne Iosephus maketh him 25. yeere old others 33. Vers. 7. the lambe or kid The Hebrew word signifieth either yong sheepe or goat Exod. 12. 5. Deut. 14. 4. the Greeke translateth it sheepe Vers. 8. provide him or see for himselfe So Abraham imparted not the whole matter to Isaak till he came to the place of execution but stayed him upon the prouidence of God Vnto this faith and promise of Abraham God answered in performance verse 13. and upon this divine providence the place had the name verse 14. Vers. 9. altar to sanctifie the sacrifice Mat. 23. 19. See Gen. 8. 20. bound Isaak whose faith and obedience herein was also admirable that hee neither in deed nor word resisted his father Abraham there being none but they two but meekly suffred himselfe to bee bound and layd on the altar as a lambe to bee slaine being also herein a type of Christ in his meeke and patient sufferings Mark 15. 1. Act. 8. 32. Phil. 2. 8. and of all Christians the children of promise who are to present their bodies a living sacrifice holy acceptable to God which is their reasonable service Rom. 12. 1. The Iewes yearely feast upon the first of Tizri or Septēber called the memoriall of blowing of trumpets Levit. 23. 24. they named also The binding of Isaak in remembrance of this action Vers. 10. to kill his sonne By faith Abraham when he was tempted offred up Isaak and he that had received the promises offred up his onely begotten sonne of whom it was said
Gen. 20. 16. V. 16. currant or passing to and so allowed of Merchants as the Greek turneth it which the Chaldee amplifieth thus that was taken for merchandise in every Countrey Vers. 17. was made sure the Hebrew is stood up that is was made stable sure and confirmed as the Greek translateth it in the last verse of this chapter And this purchase thus assured to Abraham was a propheticall signe that his posterity should have the inheritance of that land even as Ieremies buying of his uncles field before witnesses was a signe of the Iewes returne into the possession of this land Ier. 32. 7. 9. 10. 15. 43. 44. Vers. 19. in the cave or deâ— thus carefully bought and described where it lay for a monument to posterity In this cave also Abraham himselfe was buried with his wife at his death Gen. 25. 9. Likewise Isaak his sonne with Rebekah his wife and Iaakob with Leah his wife Gen. 49. 31. and 50. 13. The Patriarchs hereby testifying their faith in the promises of God for the inheritance of this land and of life eternall figured hereby as before is observed on v. 4. Herewith may bee compared the purchase of the potters field bought with the price of Christs blood to bury strangers in Mat. 27. CHAP. XXIV 1 Abraham sweareth his servant to take a wife for Isaak not of the Canaanites but of his own kinred 8 The conditions of the oath 10 The servants journey 12 his prayer 14 his signe 15 Rebekah meeteth him 18 fulfilleth his signe 22 receiveth jewels 23 sheweth her kinred 25 and inviteth him home 26 The servant blesseth God 28 Laban entertaineth him 34 The servant sheweth his message and what had befalne him by the way 50 Laban and Bethuel acknowledge Gods worke and grant Rebekah for a wife unto Isaak 58 Rebekah also consenteth to goe 62 Isaak walking out to meditate in the field meeteth her 67 She is brought into Sarahs tent and becommeth Isaaks beloved wife ANd Abraham was old was come into dayes and Iehovah had blessed Abraham in all things And Abraham said unto his servant the eldest of his house that ruled over all that he had put I pray thee thy hand under my thigh And I will make thee swear by Iehovah God of the heavens and God of the earth that thou shalt not take a wife unto my son of the daughters of the Canaanite among whom I dwell But thou shalt goe unto my land and unto my kinred and shalt take a wife unto my son Isaak And the servant said unto him If so be the woman will not be willing to goe after me unto this land shal I returning return thy son unto the land from whence thou camest-out And Abraham said unto him Beware thou least thou returne my son thither Iehovah God of the heavens which tooke mee from my fathers house and from the land of my kinred and which spake unto me and which sware unto mee saying unto thy seed will I give this land he will send his Angell before thee and thou shalt take a wife unto my son from thence And if the woman will not be willing to go after thee then shalt thou be cleare from this my oath only thou shalt not returne my son thither And the servant put his hand under the thigh of Abraham his lord and sware to him concerning this matter And the servant tooke ten camels of the camels of his lord went and all the goods of his lord in his hand and he arose went to Mesopotamia unto the city of Nachor And hee made the camels to kneele downe without the Citie by a well of water at the time of the evening at the time that women which draw water goe forth And he said Iehovah God of my lord Abraham I pray thee bring it-to-passe before mee this day and doe mercy unto my lord Abraham Behold I stand by the well of water and the daughters of the men of the citie come-out to draw water And let it be that the damsel to whom I shall say bow downe I pray thee thy pitcher and let me drinke and shee shall say drinke thou and I will give thy camels drinke also be the same thou hast evidently-appointed for thy servant Isaak and therby shall I know that thou hast done mercy unto my lord And it was before he had made an end of speaking that behold Rebekah came-out who was born to Bethuel son of Milcah the wife of Nachor Abrahams brother and her pitcher upon her shoulder And the damsell was of a very good countenance a virgin neither had any-man knowne her and shee went down to the well and filled her pitcher and came-up And the seruant ran to meet her and he said let me drinke I pray thee a little water out of thy pitcher And she said drinke my lord and she hasted and let down her pitcher upon her hand and gave him drinke And she made-an-end of giving him drinke and said I will draw for thy camels also untill they have made-an-end of drinking And she hasted and emptied her pitcher into the trough and ran againe unto the well to draw and drew for all his camels And the man wondring at her held his peace to know whether Iehovah had prospered his way or not And it was when the camels had made-an-end of drinking that the man tooke an earering of gold half a shekel was the weight therof two bracelets for her hands ten shekels of gold was the weight of them And he said whose daughter art thou tel me I pray thee is there in thy fathers house place for us to lodge And she said unto him I am the daughter of Bethuel the son of Milcah whom she bare unto Nachor And she said unto him with us is both straw and provender enough place also to lodge And the man bended-down-the-head and bowed-himselfe unto Iehovah And hee said Blessed be Iehovah God of my lord Abraham who hath not left off his mercy and his truth from with my lord I being in the way Iehovah led me to the house of the brethren of my lord And the damsell ran and told her mothers house according to these words And Rebekah had a brother and his name was Laban and Laban ranne unto the man without unto the well And it was when he saw the earering and the bracelets upon his sisters hands and when hee heard the words of Rebekah his sister saying thus spake the man unto mee that hee came unto the man and behold hee was standing by the camels at the well And hee sayd Come in thou the blessed of Iehovah wherefore standest thou without and I have prepared the house and place for the camels And the man came into the house and hee ungirded the camels and he gave straw and provender for the camels and water to wash his feet and the feet of the men that were with him And there was set meat before him to eat and he said I
will not eate untill I have spoken my word and hee said speake And hee said I am Abrahams servant And Iehovah hath blessed my Lord greatly and he is become great he hath given him flocks and heards and silver and gold and men seruants and women-servants and camels and asses And Sarah my lords wife bare a son to my lord after her old-age and he hath given unto him all that hee hath And my lord made me swear saying Thou shalt not take a wife unto my sonne of the daughters of the Canaanite in whose land I dwell If thou shalt not goe unto my fathers house and unto my family and take a wife unto my son And I said unto my lord if so be the woman will not goe after me And he said unto me Iehovah he before whom I have walked will send his Angell with thee and will prosper thy way and thou shalt take a wife unto my sonne out of my family and out of my fathers house Then shalt thou be cleare from my exsecration when thou shalt come unto my family and if they will not give thee one then shalt thou be cleare from my exsecration And I came this day unto the well and I said Iehovah God of my lord Abraham if thou bee now prospering my way the which I go Behold I stand by the waters and let the maid that commeth forth to draw and I say to her let me drinke I pray thee a little water out of thy pitcher And shee say to mee Both drinke thou and I will draw for thy camels also let the same bee the woman whom Iehovah hath evidently appointed for my lords son And before I had made-an-end of speaking in my heart behold Rebekah came forth and her pitcher on her shoulder and shee went downe unto the well and drew and I said unto her let mee drinke I pray thee And she hasted and let-downe her pitcher from upon her and said drinke thou and I will give thy camels drink also and I drank and she gave the camels drink also And I asked her and said whose daughter art thou and she said the daughter of Bethuel son of Nachor whom Milcah bare unto him and I put the earering upon her face and the bracelets upon her hands And I bended downe-the-head and bowed my selfe unto Iehovah and I blessed Iehovah God of my lord Abraham who led mee in the way of truth to take the daughter of my lords brother unto his son And now if you will doe mercy truth unto my lord tell me and if not tell me that I may turn unto the right-hand or unto the left And Laban Bethuel answered said The thing proceedeth frō Iehovah we cannot speak unto thee evill or good Behold Rebekah is before thee take her and goe and let her be the wife to thy lords son as Iehovah hath spoken And it was whē Abrahams servant heard their word that he bowed himselfe downe to the earth unto Iehovah And the servant brought-forth vessels of silver vessels of gold and garments and gave to Rebekah and hee gave to her brother and to her mother precious things And they did eate and drinke hee and the men that were with him taried-all-night they rose-up in the morning and hee sayd send me away unto my lord And her brother her mother said let the damsell abide with us daies at least ten afterward she shal goe And he said unto them Hinder me not seeing Iehovah hath prospered my way send me away that I may goe unto thy lord And they said we will call the damsell and will aske of her mouth And they called Rebekah and said unto her Wilt thou goe with this man And she said I will goe And they sent away Rebekah their sister her nurse and Abrahams servant and his men And they blessed Rebekah said unto her Our sister bee thou unto thousands of ten-thousands let thy seed possesse the gate of those that hate them And Rebekah arose and her damsels and they rode upon the camels went after the man and the servant tooke Rebekah and went away And Isaak came from the way to Beer-lachai-roi and he dwelt in the south country And Isaak went-out to meditate in the field at the looking-forth of the evening and he lifted up his eyes saw and behold the camels were comming And Rebekah lifted-up her eyes and saw Isaak she lighted off the camel For she had said unto the seruant what man is this that walketh in the field to meet us And the servant had said he is my lord and she tooke a veile and covered herselfe And the servant told Isaak all things that he had done And Isaak brought her unto the tent of Sarah his mother and he tooke Rebekah and shee was to him a wife and he loved her and Isaak was comforted after his mother was dead Annotations INto dayes that is yeeres see Gen. 18. 11. Hee was now 140 yeeres old for Isaak his son was fourty Gen. 25. 20. and he was borne when Abraham was 100. Gen. 21. 5. Vers. 2. the eldest or the Elder so the Greeke translateth it elder or ancient whereby may bee meant Governour as the words following doe explaine for Elder is an usuall name for Governour Gen. 50. 7. Num. 11. 16. Ruth 4. 2. 1 Tim. 5. 17. This in likelihood was his Steward Eliezer Gen. 15. 2. under my thigh a signe which Iaakob also required of his sonne Ioseph Gen. 47. 29. eyther to signifie subjection or for a further mystery of the covenant of circumcision or rather of Christ the promised seed who was to come out of Abrahams loynes or thigh as the like phrase sheweth in Gen. 46. 26. of the soules that came out of Iaakobs thigh wherefore Abraham and Iaakob make their thighes as holy signes in respect of Gods promise For otherwise in swearing they used to lift up the hand towards heaven see Gen. 14. 22. Hereupon the Greekes have of the Hebrew word Ierek that is a Thigh framed their Horkos that is an oath even as of the Hebrew Iamin which is the right hand used when oaths were taken Esay 61. 8. they have formed the Greeke word Omnuo to sweare Vers. 3. by Iehovah by whom alone we are commanded to sweare Deut. 6. 13. The Chaldee saith by the word of the Lord that is Christ Ioh. 1. 1. the Canaanite or Canaanites as the Greeke translateth see Gen. 10. 16. This care Abraham had for his sonnes wife lest by marying with unbeleevers he or his posterity should be drawne from God as the Law saith Thou shalt make no mariages with them they daughter thou shalt not give unto his sonne neither take his daughter unto thy sonne for they will turne away thy sonne from following me c. Deut. 7. 3. 4. See also Gen. 27. 46. Plato a heathen Philosopher divinely sheweth in his 6 booke of lawes the end of mariage to be the continuall propagation of
them as in Num. 23. 3. 4. 15. 16. where the Greek translateth it appeare Here the Greeke version is he hath called us three dates journey Hebr. three daies way This was to mount Horeb where they should serve God verse 12. which it seemeth was b 〈…〉 three daies journey from Egypt had they gone the direct way but because of troubles and feares they were led about Exod. 13. 17. 18. so that they came not thither till the third moneth Exod. 19. 1. Of the mysterie of this number three see the notes on Gen. 22. 4. wildernesse the globe of the earth is of three parts inhabited land sea and wildernesse which is a place of wilde beasts Mark 1. 13. without inhabitant without way to goe in without water even the shadow of death it selfe Ier. 2. 6. Deut. 8. 15. Psal. 107. 4. 5. into such a place must Israel goe because they might not sacrifice to God in Egypt Exod. 8. 25. 26. Such was the place of Christs tentation 40 daies Luk. 4. 1. 2. and of Israelâ— 40 yeeres Deut. 8. 2. where God fed and guided them as he did also the woman that fled into the wildernesse from the presente of the serpent Rev. 12. 14. Vers. 1â— no not Hebr. and not meaning though he should be s 〈…〉 tten with many plagues yet hee would not let them goe willingly Or and not may 〈◊〉 here for If not that is but by strong hand as the Greeke here translateth it the Chaldee also saith but for strong feare For tenne plagues were sent on Pharaoh before hee would let them goe Exod. 11. 1 So and is put for if in Exod. 4. 23. Num. 12. 14. Vers. 20. my hand the Chaldee saith the plague of my strength that is my strong plague Vers. 21. grace that is favour the Hebrew phrase is the grace of this people which the Greeke translateth will give grace to this people that is will cause them to be favoured The Chaldee saith I will give this people to mercies as in Psal. 106. 46. See the like in Gen. 39. 21. Exod. 11. 2. Vers. 22. jewels or instruments vessels Thus the promise made to Abraham in Gen. 15. 14. was now to be fulfilled spoile So Ezek. 39. 10. they shall spoile those that spoiled them CHAP. IV. 1 Moses doubting that he should not be beleeved is confirmed by miracles of his rod turned to a serpent 6 and his hand leprous 9 Waters should also be turned to blood 10 Moses maketh excuses that he might not be sent 14 God is angry and appointeth Aaron to assist him 18 Moses getteth leave of Iethro to depart into Egypt 21 The Lord rehearseth his message to Pharaoh 24 Hee meeteth Moses in the Inâ—e and seeketh to kill him 25 Zipporah circumciseth her son and he letteth him goe 27 God sendeth Aaron to meet Moses 29 Moses and Aaron doe their message unto Israel 31 They beleeve and are thankefull ANd Moses answered and said But behold they will not beleeve mee nor hearken unto my voice for they will say Iehovah hath not appeared unto thee And Iehovah said unto him What is that in thy hand and he said a rod. And hee said Cast it on the ground and hee cast it on the ground and it was turned to a serpent and Moses fled from before it And Iehouah said unto Moses Put forth thy hand take it by the taile and he put forth his hand caught it and it was turned to a roâ— in his hand That they may beleeve that Iehovah the God of their fathers the God of Abraham the God of Isaak and the God of Iakob hath appeared unto thee And Iehovah said further more unto him Put now thy hand into thy bosome and hee put his hand into his bosome and he tooke it out and behold his hand was leprous as snow And hee said Returne thy hand into thy bosome and hee returned his hand into his bosome and hee tooke it out of his bosome and behold it was turned as his flesh And it shall bee if they will not beleeve thee nor heark 〈…〉 to the voice of the first signe that they will beleeve the voice of the latter signe And it shall be if they will not beleeve also these two signes not hearken to thy voice that thou shalt take of the waters of the river and powre upon the dry land and the waters shall be which thou shalt take out of the river even they shall be turned to blood upon the drie land And Moses said unto Iehovah Oh my Lord I am not a man of words either from daies heretofore or since thou hast spoken unto thy servant but I am of an heauy mouth and of an heavy tongue And Iehovah said unto him VVho hath made the mouth of man or who maketh the dumbe or the deafe or the open-eyed or the blind have not I Iehovah And now goe and I will be with thy mouth and will teach thee what thou shalt speake And he said Oh my Lord send I pray thee by the hand thou shouldest send And the anger of Iehovah was kindled against Moses and hee said Is not Aaron the Levite thy brother I know that speaking he can speake and also behold he is comming forth to meet thee and when he seeth thee hee will bee glad in his heart And thou shalt speake unto him and shalt put the words in his mouth and I will bee with thy mouth and with his mouth and will teach you what you shall doe And hee shall speake for thee unto the people and he shall be even he shall be to thee for a mouth and thou shalt be to him for a God And this rod shalt thou take in thy hand with the which thou shalt doe the signes And Moses went and returned to Iether his father in law and said unto him Let me goe I pray thee and returne unto my brethren which are in Egypt and see whether they be yet alive and Iethro said to Moses Goe in peace And Iehovah said unto Moses in Midian Goe returnd into Egypt for all the men are dead that sought thy soule And Moses tooke his wife and his sonnes and made them ride upon an asse and hee returned to the land of Egypt and Moses tooke the rod of God in his hand And Iehovah said unto Moses When thou goest to returne into Egypt see all the wonders which I have put in thy hand that thou doe them before Pharaoh and I will make strong his heart and he shall not send away the people And thou shalt say unto Phaâ—â—oh 〈◊〉 saith Iehovah Israel is my sonne my first-borne And I say unto thee Send away my sonne that he may serve mee and if thou refuse to send him away behold I will stay thy sonne thy first-borne And it was in the way in the Inne that Iehovah met him and sought to kill him And Zipporah tooke a sharpe stone and cut off the supernuous foreskinne of her sonne and cast it at
his feet and said Surely a husband of bloods art thou to me And he let him goe then shee said a husband of bloods for the circumcisions And Iehovah said to Aaron Goe to meet Moses into the wildernesse and hee went and met him in the mountaine of God and kissed him And Moses told Aaron all the words of Iehovah who had sent him and all the signes which he had commanded him And Moses went and Aaron and they gathered together all the Elders of the sons of Israel And Aaron spake all the words which Iehovah had spoken unto Moses and he did the signes in the eyes of the people And the people beleeved and they heard that Iehovah had visited the sonnes of Israel and that hee had seene their affliction and they bended downe the head and bowed themselves Annotations BVt beheld Hebr. and beheld or and if as the Greeke translateth it adding this question what shall I say unto them So hên behold is used for im if in Ier. 3. 1. Moses having experience of former refusall Exod. 2. 14. feareth the like againe and maketh exceptions Vers. 2. a rod or a staffe as in Gen. 38. 18. Aâ— instrument which shepherds used to guide their sheepe with Lev. 27. 32. with it Moses now fed Iethroes flocke but God sanctified it to work 〈…〉 miracles by and to feed his people Israel Therfore it is after called the rod of God v. 20. and many great things were effected by it To this the Prophets after have reference as feed thy people 〈◊〉 thy rod c. Mich. 7. 14. Vers. 3. was turned to or became a serpent 〈◊〉 the word turned is expressed in Exod. 7. 15. and the Greeke here addeth it in verse 17. As the shining of Moses face and veile put upon it Exod. 34. 30. 33. signified the glory of his ministerie and the hiding of the end thereof from unbeleeving Israelites 2 Cor. 3. 7. 13. 16. so his rod turned to a serpent was here for a signe to such as would not otherwise beleeve him verse 5. 8. 9. signifying that his ministery should become deadly to all that by faith saw not the end of the same to be theredemption of Abrahams seed by Christ Luk. 1. 68. 74. Rom. 10. 4. Gal. 3. The feeding of Gods people with his rod was a signe of life and grace and comfort Mith. 7. 14. 15. Psal. 23. 4. the rod turned to a serpent was a signe of death Gen. 3. Num. 21. 6. Esa. 14. 29. Ierem. 8. 17. from before or from the face of it for feare because all serpents are odious to man and this was terrible called a dragon in Exod. 7. 10. So the woman fled from the face of the serpent Revel 12. 14. Vers. 4. by 〈◊〉 taile which was dangerous to d 〈…〉 n lest hee 〈◊〉 be bitten thereby howbeit Moses obeying in faith had no hurt but the serpent was turned to a rod againe so that ministration of Moses which turneth to the unbeleevers unto death is to the obedient become an instrument of guiding them as a flocke unto life and salvation by Christ Mark 16. 18. 2. Cor. 2. 15. 16. and 3. 6. 16. Gal. 3. 24. The Hebrew Doctors barely apply it to the present case thus as the serpent biteth and killeth the sonne of Adam so Pharaoh and his people did bite and kill the Israelites but hee was turned and made like a drie sticke â—inkei R. Eliezer c. 40. Vers. 5. That they may this sheweth the end of the former signe was to worke faith and it is an unperfect speech as if he should say Doe this before them that they may beleeve Such wants the holy Scripture of 〈…〉 supplieth in the beginning or end of speeches as in Mar. 14. 49. but that the scriptures might be fulled which another explaineth thus but all this is done that the scriptures of the Prophets might be fulfilled Matth. 26. 56. So in 2 Sam 5. 8. these words are wanting hee shall be chiefe and Captaine which are afterwards supplied in 1 Chron. 11. 6. and sundry the like See Exod. 13. 8. and 16. 8. and 18. 11. and 3â— 32. Verse 6. leprous as snow that is white as snow as the Chaldee translateth The leprosie was a sore contagious disease and by man incurable and God laid it sometime suddenly upon persons for their great sinnes as upon Mary the sister of Moses Num. 12. 10. upon Gehazi 2 King 5. 27. and lepers were shut out of other mens company See the law hereof Levit. 13. And they that were thus leprous as snow were as dead their flesh halfe consumed Numb 12. 10. 12. Vers. 7. as his flesh that is ruddy and lively the Greeke translateth into the colour of his flesh A thing done in the bosonte signifieth secrecie and effectualnesse Prov. 21. 14. Psalme 29. 12. So by this plague of leprosie on Moses hand in his bosome and healing it againe God seemeth to threaten unto Moses himselfe if he refused and to all that should disobey the word of the Lord by his ministories sudden secret and terrible judgement but upon their returne unto him to cure them for hee 〈◊〉 undeth and boaleth Deut. 32. 39. Compare Ex 〈…〉 25. 26. Deut. 28. 27. 35. 59. 60. 61. And Moses hand signifieth his ministerie unto the sonnes of If 〈◊〉 Psal. 77. 21. The Hebrew Doctors apply it thus As the Lapet is uncleane and maketh others 〈◊〉 so were Pharaoh and his people unleane and 〈◊〉 Israel uncleane And when hee made his band 〈◊〉 hee find unto him thus shall Israel bee 〈◊〉 the uncleannesse of the Egyptian Pirkâ—i 〈…〉 c. 40. Vers. 8. the 〈…〉 ice or at the voice which is here given 〈…〉 signe as in Gen. 4. 10. it is unto blood because God by 〈◊〉 signes speaketh unto men and an 〈…〉 word with the signe that it may be heard and understood as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 30. Ezek. 1. â—9 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 16. So 〈◊〉 calleth them the words of his signâ—â— Psal. 10â— â—7 Vers. 9. to blood This third signe was for like end as the former to signifie unto Israel if they beleoved not that God would bring upon them yet more bloody afflictions and they beleeving hee would avenge them on their enemies Of the Egyptians waters turned to blood see after in Exodus 7. 19. c. V. 10. Oh in Gr. v I pray thee Lord see this word in Gen. 43. 20. so after in v. 13. man of words that is eloquent so a man of 〈◊〉 that is talkative Iob 11. 2. a man of arme that is mighty Iob 22 8. a man of tongue that is a pratler Ps. 140. 12. The Gr. here translateth Iam not sufficient So Paul saith and who is sufficient for these things 2 Cor. 2. 16. from daies heretofore Heb. from yesterday or from the day before used for al daies past see Gen. 31. 2. of an heavy or heavy of mouth that is slow or troubled in speaking hard to be understood of the hearers as the latter of
Ithamar see 1 Chron. 24. Vers. 25. Phinehas of him see Numb 25. 7. c. Ver. 26. their armies or their hosts that is not confusedly but their ordered troups being increased to many thousands and called the hosts of the Lord Exod. 12. 37. 41. and 7 4. These were after ordered according to their tribes Numb 10. 14. 15. c. Of the word host or army see Gen. 2. 1. Vers. 27. to bring that is that they might bring as verse 13. Vers. 30. of uncircumcised Greek of a small voice Chaldee of an heavy speech see before verse 12. and Exod. 4. 10. CHAP. VII 1 Moses is made Pharohs God and Aaron his Prophet 3. Pharaohs heart should bee heardned against their words and signes 6 Moses and Aaron doe a they are bidden 7 Their age 10. Aarons rod is turned to a Serpent 11 The Sorcerers doe the like 13 Pharaohs heart is hardned 14 Moses is sent againe unto him with word and signe 19 The waters of Egypt are turned into blood 21 The fishes dye 22 The Magicians doe the like miracle whereupon Pharaoh is hardned still AND Iehovah said unto Moses See I have made thee a God to Pharaoh and Aaron thy brother shall bee thy Prophet Thou shalt speake all that I command thee and Aaron thy brother shall speake unto Pharaoh that he send the sonnes of Israel out of his land And I will harden Pharaohs heart and will multiply my signes and my wonders in the land of Egypt And Pharaoh shall not hearken unto you and I will lay my hand upon Egypt and wil bring forth mine armies my people the sonnes of Israel out of the land of Egypt by great judgements And the Egyptians shall know that I am Iehovah when I stretch forth my hand upon Egypt and I will bring out the sonnes of Israel from among them And Moses and Aaron did as Iehovah commanded them so did they And Moses was fourscore yeeres old and Aaron fourescore and three yeeres old when they spake unto Pharaoh And Iehovah sayd unto Moses and unto Aaron saying When Pharaoh shall speake unto you saying Give a wonder for you then thou shalt say unto Aaron take thy rod and cast it before Pharaoh it shall be turned to a dragon And Moses and Aaron went in unto Pharaoh and they did so as Iehovah had commanded and Aaron cast his rod before Pharaoh and before his servants and it was turned to a dragon And Pharaoh also called the wise men and the sorcerers and they also the magicians of Egypt did with their inchantments so And they cast down every man his rod and they were turned to dragons and Aarons rod swallowed up their rods And Pharaohs heart waxed strong and hee hearkened not unto them as Iehovah had spoken And Iehovah said unto Moses Pharaohs heart is heavy he refuseth to send away the people Go unto Pharaoh in the morning loe he goeth out unto the waters and thou shalt stand to meet him by the rivers brinke and the rodde which was turned to a serpent shalt thou take in thy hand And thou shalt say unto him Iehovah the God of the Hebrews hath sent me unto thee saying Send away my people that they may serve mee in the wildernesse and behold thou hast not heard hitherto Thus saith Iehovah in this thou shalt know that I am Iehovah behold I smite with the rod which is in my hand upon the waters which are in the river they shall bee turned into blood And the fish which is in the river shall dye and the river shall stinke and the Egyptians shall bee wearied to drinke the waters of the river And Iehovah said unto Moses Say unto Aaron take thy rod and stretch out thy hand upon the waters of Egypt upon their streames upon their rivers and upon their ponds and upon every gathering together of their waters and they shall be bloud and there shall be blood in all the land of Egypt both in vessels of wood and in vessels of stone And Moses and Aaron did as Iehovah commanded and he lift up the rodde and smote the waters which were in the river in the eyes of Pharaoh and in the eyes of his servants and all the waters which were in the river were turned to blood And the fish which was in the river dyed and the river stanke and the Egyptians could not drinke the waters of the river and there was blood in all the land of Egypt And the magicians of Egypt did so by their inchantments and the heart of Pharaoh waxed strong and hee hearkned not vnto them as Iehovah had said And Pharaoh turned and went into his house and hee set not his heart to this neither And all the Egyptians digged round about the river for waters to drinke for they could not drinke of the waters of the river And seven daies were fulfilled after that Iehovah had smitten the river Annotations MAde or given thee for a God that is one to whom the word of God shall come and by whom it shall be made knowne unto Aaron and so to Pharaoh This reason Christ rendreth of the like speech Ioh. 10. 35. The Chaldee for God translateth a master see Exod. 4. 16. Prophet to speake for thee as the next verse manifesteth the Chaldee saith thy interpreter before God called him his mouth Exod. 4. 16. A Prophet hath the name of speaking or interpreting Gods word see the notes on Gen. 20. 7. Thus God confirmes Moses against his feares Exod 6. 12. 30. Ver. 2. speake the Greeke addeth to him meaning Aaron as Exod. 4. 15. Vers. 3. harden as before he said he would make strong Exod. 4. 21. wonders or perswadingmiracles for to draw men to beleeve and obey as Deut. 13. 1. 2. Ioh. 4. 48. Rom. 15. 18. 19. By such God beareth witnesse to his word preached Heb 2. 4. and they portend either good 2 Chron. 32. 24. or evill Deut. 6. 22. and 28. 46. yet can they not perswade any without the speciall grace of God Deut. 29. 2. 3. 4. Vers. 4. lay Hebrew give my hand which the Chaldee expoundeth lay my powerfull plague so verse 5. armies or hosts see Exod. 6. 26. The Greeke translateth with my power Ver. 7. old Hebrew some of 80 yeere of which phrase see Gen. 5. 32. By this it appeareth Moses had beene 40. yeeres in the land of Madian as Stephen avoucheth Act 7. 30. See Exod. 2. 23. Ver. 9. a wonder or perswading miracle that I may know ye are sent of God see verse 3. The Greeke addeth a signe or a wonder thy rod because Aaron now used it before it was Moses rod and Gods Exod. 4. 2. 20. a dragon that is a great serpent and therefore in ver 15. it is called a serpent as also before in Exod. 4. 3. So the Devill is called the dragon the old serpent Rev. 20. 2. And Pharaoh himselfe with his Egyptians are called dragons Ezek. 29. 3. Psal. 74. 13. But this wonder was a
the spiritually Egyptians by whose sinne the third part of the sea became blood and of other waters became wormewood Revel 8. 8. 11. there be the like plagues from the phials or cups of Gods Angels as are here by the rod of Gods messengers their sea rivers and fountaines becomming blood they having shed the blood of Saints and Prophets and God giving them blood to drinke for they are worthy Revel 16. 3. 6. Of this plague the Psalmist also speaketh Psal. 78. 44. and 105. 29. Contrariwise God blesseth his people by turning for them the rockes to rivers and fountaines of waters Psal. 78. 15. 16. and 114. 8. and giving them the water of life to drinke Ioh. 4. 10. 14. Rev. 22. 1. 17. Vers. 21. died so in Antichrists sea every living soule dyeth Revel 16. 3. as by their impietie they had caused the third part of such to dye before Revel 8. 9. Contrariwise in the holy land corrupt waters are healed the creatures in them live and fish are multiplied Ezek. 47. 8. 9. stunke whereas the waters of Egypt served them for drinke Ierm 2. 18. there being no raine in the Countrey Deut. 11. 10. 11. God turning them to stinking blood and killing the fish the plague was the more grievous For fishes were their common food Numb 11. 5. the flesh of many beasts they through superstition would not eate of Exodus 8. 26. so that which the Prophet after threatneth was now upon them The fishers mourned and all they that cast angle into the brookes lamented and they that spread nets upon waters languished Esay 19. 8. Vers. 22. did so as before in verse 11. They could by inchantments increase their owne plagues but not ease themselves see Exodus 8. 7. 8. But where had they water to turne into blood either they found some by digging about the river verse 24. or they had some fetched from another place as Gosen see the notes on v. 18. wexed strongs the Greeke saith was hardened see verse 13. Vers. 23. set not that is regarded not nor cared for this wondrous plague so the setting of the heart signifieth carefull regard Exod. 9. 21. Prov. 22. 17. 2 Sam. 18. 3. CHAP. VIII 1 God threatneth Pharaoh if hee send not Israel away to plague his Realme with frogges 5 Aaron stretcheth out his hand and the second plague frogs come out of the waters over all the land 7 The Magicians doe the like 8 Pharaoh sueth to Moses 12 And Moses by praier removeth the frogs away 15 Pharaohs heart is hardned 16 The third plague dust is turned into lice on man and beast 18 The magicians could not doe so yet Pharaoh is hardned 20 God threatneth the fourth plague swarmes of flies upon the Egyptians 22 exempting Israel in Goshen 24 The land is corrupted with the swarmes 25 Pharaoh inclineth to let the people goe 30 Moses by praier removeth the swarmes away 32 Pharaoh is bardned againe AND Iehovah said unto Moses Goe in unto Pharaoh and say unto him thus saith Iehovah send away my people that they may serve me And if thou refuse to send them away behold I smite all thy border with frogs And the river shall abundantly bring forth frogs and they shall come up and enter into thy house and into thy bedchamber and upon thy bed and into the house of thy servants and upon thy people and into thy ovens and into thy troughs of dough And the frogs shall come up upon thee and upon thy people and upon all thy servants And Iehovah sayd unto Moses Say unto Aaron stretch forth thine hand with thy rod over the streames over the rivers and over the ponds cause frogs to come up upon the land of Egypt And Aaron stretched out his hand over the waters of Egypt and the frogs came up and covered the land of Egypt And the Magicians did so with their inchantments and caused frogges to come up upon the land of Egypt And Pharaoh called for Moses and for Aaron and said Intreat ye Iehovah that he may take the frogs from me and from my people and I will send away the people that they may sacrifice unto Iehovah And Moses said unto Pharaoh Glorie over me when I shall intreat for thee and for thy servants and for thy people to cut off the frogs from thee and from thy houses onely in the river they shall remaine And he said to morrow and he said be it according to thy word that thou maist know that there is none like Iehovah our God And the frogs shall depart from thee and from thy houses and from thy servants and from thy people onely in the river they shall remaine And Moses and Aaron went out from Pharaoh and Moses cryed unto Iehovah because of the frogs which he had put upon Pharaoh And Iehovah did according to the word of Moses and the frogs dyed out of the houses out of the villages and out of the fields And they gathered them together upon heapes and the land stanke And Pharaoh saw that there was a breathing and he made his heart heavy and hearkened not unto them euen as Iehovah had spoken And Iehovah sayd unto Moses Say unto Aaron stretch out thy rod and smite the dust of the land and it shall be turned to lice in all the land of Egypt And they did so and Aaron stretched out his hand with his rod and smote the dust of the land and there were lice on man and on beast all the dust of the land was lice in all the land of Egypt And the Magicians did so with their inchantments to bring forth lice but they could not and there were lice on man and on beast And the Magicians sayd unto Pharaoh This is the finger of God and Pharaohs heart waxed strong and he hearkned not unto them even as Iehovah had spoken And Iehovah said unto Moses Rise up earely in the morning stand before Pharaoh lo◠〈◊〉 commeth forth to the waters and say 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 him thus saith Iehovah Send away my people that they may serve mee Else if thou wilt not send away my people behold I will send a mixed swarme upon thee and upon thy servants and upon thy people and into thy houses and the houses of the Egyptians shall be full of the mixed swarme and also the ground where on they art And I will marvellously sever in that day the land of Go 〈…〉 upon which my people standethy that there shall 〈◊〉 mixed 〈◊〉 there to th◠〈◊〉 maist 〈…〉 that I am Iehovah in the 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 And I will put a 〈◊〉 de 〈…〉 people and 〈◊〉 by people 〈…〉 all 〈…〉 be And Iehova◠did 〈…〉 there came a heavie 〈…〉 I the house of Pharaoh and the house of 〈…〉 into all the land of Egypt 〈◊〉 land was corrupted by reason 〈…〉 Pharaoh 〈…〉 and sayd 〈…〉 the land And Moses said 〈…〉 to doe 〈…〉 shall 〈…〉 shall 〈…〉 of the Egypt 〈…〉 〈…〉 not 〈◊〉 us We will goe three dayes
either sitting or lying but this night lying onely Then the table is brought againe before him and hee faith This Passeover which wee eat is in respect that the Lord passed over the houses of our fathers in Egypt Then holdeth hee up the bitter herbs in his hand and saith These bitter herbs which wee eat are in respect that the Egyptians made the lives of our fathers bitter in Egypt Then hee holdeth up the unlevened bread in his hand and saith This unlevened bread which wee eat is in respect that the dough of our fathers had not time to bee levened when the Lord appeared unto them and redeemed them out of the hand of the enemie and they baked unlevened cakes of the dough which they brought out of Egypt Exodus 12. 39. Then hee saith Therefore are wee bound to confesse to praise to laud to celebrate to glorifie to honour to extoll to magnifie and to ascribe victory unto him that did unto our fathers and unto us all these signes and brought us forth from servitude to freedome from sorrow to joy from darknesse to great light and wee say before him Halelujah Halelujah Praise O yee servants of the LORD c. unto the fâ—â—â—trocke to a fountaine of waters that is the hundred and thirteenth and to the end of the hundred and fourteenth Psalme Then they blesse the Lord which redeemed them and their fathers out of Egypt and hath brought them unto that night to eat unlevened bread therein and bitter herbs And hee blesseth GOD who createth the fruit of the vine and drinketh the second cup. After this hee blesseth for the washing of hands and washeth his hands the second time and taketh two cakes parteth one of them c. and blesseth GOD that bringeth bread out of the earth Because it is said the bread of affliction or of povertie Deuteronomie 16. 3. as it is the manner of the poore to have broken meat so heere is a broken part Afterwards hee wrappeth up of the unlevened bread and of the bitter herbs together and dippeth them in the â—auce and blesseth GOD which commanded to eat unlevened bread and bitter herbs and they eat Then hee blesseth GOD which commanded the eating of the sacrifice and hee eateth the flesh of the feast offring and againe blesseth GOD which commanded the eating of the Passeover and then hee 〈◊〉 of the body of the Passeover After this they â—it long at Supper and eat every one so much as he will and drinke as much as they will drinke Afterward he eateth of the flesh of the Passeover though it bee but so much as an olive and tasteth nothing at all after it that it may be the end of his supper and that the taste of the flesh of the Passeover may remaine in his mouth After this he lifteth up his hands and blesseth for the third cup of wine and drinketh it Then filleth hee the fourth cup and accomplisheth for it the Praise or Hymne and sayeth for it the blessing of the Song which is All thy workes praise thee O Lord c. Psalme 145. 10. and blesseth God that created the fruit of the vine and tasteth nothing at all after it all the night except water And hee may fill the fift cup saying for it the great Hymne the hundred thirty sixe Psalm Confesse ye to the Lord for hee is good for his mercie endureth for ever unto the end of that Psalme But he is not bound they say to that cup as to the foure former cups These things are shewed by Maimony in his treatise of Leven and unlevened bread chapter 8. where also hee noteth some differences at this time when having no Temple they can have no sacrifice neither kill the paschall Lambe but onely use the unlevened bread bitter herbs and wine in their private houses After in his Copie of the Haggadah or Narration of the Passeover hee sheweth what words they used at the breaking and delivering of the unlevened bread This is the bread of affliction which our fathers did eat in the land of Egypt whosoever is hungry let him come and eat whosoever hath neede let him come and keepe the Passeover c. These observations of the Iewes whiles their common-wealth stood and to this day may give light to some particulars in the Passeover that Christ kept as why they lay downe one leaning on anothers bosome Ioh. 13. 23. a signe of rest and security and stood not as at the first Passeover neither â—ate on high as wee use Why Christ rose from supper and washed and sate downe againe Iohn 13. 4. 5. 12. Why hee blessed or gave thankes for the bread apart and for the cup or wine apart Marke 14. 22. 23. and why it is said hee tooke the cup after supper Luke 22. 20. also concerning the Hymne which they sung at the end Matthew 26. 30. and why Paul calleth it the shewing forth of the Lords death 1 Corinthians 11. 26. as the Iewes usually called their Passeover Haggadah that is a Shewing or Declaration But specially we may observe how the bread which was of old a remembrance of their deliverance out of Egypt was sanctified by the Sonne of God to bee a remembrance of his death and of our redemption thereby from Sathan 1 Corinthians 11. 24. 25. 26. for which we have much more cause to praise honour and magnifie the Lord than the Hebrewes had for their temporary salvation Verse 9. raw That raw whereof the Law warneth us is flesh whereon the fire hath begunne to worke and it is roasted a little but not fit for man to eat as yet saith Maimony in Korban Pesach chapter 8. S. 6. It might figure a full and due preparation by the preaching of the Gospell and shewing forth of Christs death with an examination of our selues that wee eat not unworthily and so eat judgement to our selves 1 Corinthians 11. 26. 28. 29. sodden at all or any way sod Hebr. sodden sod in water The Iewes explaine it so generally neither to be sodden in water nor in any other liquor or juyce of fruits Neither roasted and afterward sodden nor perboyled and afterward roasted c. Yet they say it was lawfull to baste it with wine or oyle or any liquor except water also lawfull to dip the flesh when it was roasted in liquors or juyce of fruits Maimony in Korban Pesach chapter 8. S. 7. 8. At the Passeover which Christ did eat the Euangelists mention his dipping of a sop and giving it to Iudas Iohn 13. 26. In seething the water is mixed with the flesh the forbidding whereof seemeth to teach the simplicitie that should be in Christ that wee know nothing but Christ and him crucified 2 Corinthians 11. 3. 1 Corinthians 2. 2. with fire a figure both of Gods Spirit compared to fire Matthew 3. 11. through which Christ offred himselfe to God Heb. 9. 14. and of the fire of Gods wrath which Christ was to suffer whiles he was made a curse for us by
Moses and the sonnes of Israel this song unto Iehovah and they said saying I WILL SING unto Iehovah for hee excelleth gloriously the horse and his rider hath he throwne into the sea Ioh is my strength and song and hee hath beene to me a salvation this is my God and I will make him an habitation the God of my father and I will exalt him Iehovah is a man of warre Iehovah is his name Pharaohs charets and his host hath he cast into the sea and the choise of his captaines are drowned in the red sea The depths have covered them they sank downe into the bottomes as a stone Thy right hand O Iehovah is become glorious in power thy right hand O Iehovah hath dashed in peeces the enemie And in the greatnesse of thine excellencie thou hast overthrowne them that rose up against thee thou sentest forth thy wrath which did eat them up as stubble And with the blast of thy nostrills the waters were gathered together the floods stood upright as an heape the depths were congealed in the heart of the sea The enemie said I will pursue I will overtake I will divide the spoile my soule shall be filled with them I will draw out my sword mine hand shall destroy them Thou didst blow with thy winde the sea covered them they sank as lead in the mighty waters Who is like thee amongst the gods O Iehovah who is like thee glorious in holinesse fearfull in praises doing wonders Thou stretchedst out thy right hand the earth swallowed them Thou leadest forth in thy mercy this people which thou hast redeemed thou guidest them in thy strength unto the habitation of thine holinesse This may be sung also as the 113. Psalme Nto Iehovah sing will I for he excelleth gloriously the horse and him that rode thereon into the sea throwne downe hath he Iah is my strength and melodee and hath beene my salvation This is my God and for his sake I will an habitation make God of my father is this same And I will highly him preferre Iehovah is a man of warre Iehovah his renowned name Charets of Phar'oh and his host He downe into the sea hath cast His Captaines eke each chosen one He did them in the Red sea drowne The deepes them covered they sanke downe Into the bottomes as a stone Thy right hand O Iehovah is Glorious become in powerfulnesse Iehovah thou with thy right hand Hast dasht in peeces th' enemie And in thy great excellencie Thrown down them that did thee withstand Thy servent wrath thou forth didst poure Which them as stubble did devoure And waters with thy nostrils blast Together gathered were as heaps The flouds stood upright and the deepes In seas heart were congealed fast The enemie said I will make Pursuit I will them overtake I will divide the gotten spoile My soule shall be replenished With them my sword I will unshead Mine hand shall utterly them foile Then with thy wind thou diddest blow The sea them coverd they sanke low As lead in waters vehement Among the Gods who is like thee Lord who like thee in sanctitee Glorious in praises reverent Thou doest wonders Hast out spred Thy right hand them the earth swallowed Thou in thy mercy leadest on This people which thou didst redeeme And in thy strength thou guidest them Vnto thine holy mansion The peoples shall heare and bee stirred sorrow shall take hold of the Inhabitants of Palestina Then the Dukes of Edom shall be amazed the mighty men of Moab trembling shall take hold upon them all the inhabitants of Canaan shall melt away Terrour and dread shall fall upon them by the greatnesse of thine arme they shall bee as still as a stone till thy people passe over O Iehovah till this people passe over which thou hast purchased Thou wilt bring them in and plant them in the mountaine of thine inheritance in the place O Iehovah which thou hast made for thee to dwell in in the Sanctuarie O Lord which thy hands have established Iehovah shall reigne for ever and aye For the horse of Pharaoh went in with his charets and with his horsemen into the sea and Iehovah brought againe the waters of the sea upon them but the sonnes of Israel went on dry land in the mids of the sea And Mary the Prophetesse the sister of Aaron tooke a timbrell in her hand and all the women went out after her with timbrels and with dances And Mary answered them SING yee to Iehovah for he excelleth gloriously the horse and his rider hath he throwne into the sea And Moses removed Israel forward from the red sea and they went out into the wildernesse of Shur and they went three daies in the wildernesse and found no water And they came to Marah and they could not drinke of the waters of Marah for they were bitter therefore the name of it was called Marah And the people murmured against Moses saying What shall we drinke And he cried out unto Iehovah and Iehovah shewed him a tree and he cast it into the waters and the waters were made sweet there he appointed to him a statute and a judgement there he tempted him And hee said If hearkning thou wilt hearken to the voice of Iehovah thy God and wilt doe that which is right in his eyes and wilt give eare to his commandements keepe all his statutes I will not put upon thee any of the diseases which I have put upon the Egyp 〈…〉 s for I am Iehovah 〈◊〉 he aleth thee And they came to Elim and there were twelve weâ—s of water and se 〈…〉 〈◊〉 trees and they 〈◊〉 there by theâ—â—â—â—â—rs The peoples they shall heare and quake Sorrow shall hold upon them take That in Palestina remaine The Dukes of Edom shall be then Amazed Moabs mighty men Take hold on them shall trembling paine In Canaan shall melt away The dwellers all Fearfull dismay And dread shall fall on them from thee They shall as still be as a stone By thy great arme till over gone Thy people O Iehovah be Vntill this people over past Shall be which purchased thou hast Thou wilt bring in and plant them sure In mount of thine inheritance In place which for thine habitance Thou O Iehovah dost procure Even in the Sanctuarie Lord Which thy hands firmely have prepar'd Iehovah ev'r and aye is king For Pharaohs horse cars and horsemen Went into Sea Iehovah then Did the sea waters on them bring But goe the sonnes of Isr'el did Vpon dry land the sea amid Vnto Iehovah sing doe yee For he excels with glorious fame The horse and rider on the same Into the sea throwne downe hath he Annotations VNto Iehovah that is unto his praise as David saith They beleeved in his words they sang his praise Psal. 106. 12. So the Chaldee beginneth the song thus We will sing praise and confesse unto the Lord. With this song of victory over Pharaoh the Holy Ghost compareth the song of those that have
wrath as the Greeke translateth it because the Hebrew Aph signifieth both anger and the nostrils and this speech is used in cases of judgment upon Gods enemies as in Iob 4. 9. by the blast of God they perish c. The Chaldee here translateth with the word of thy mouth It respecteth Gods command in Exod. 14. 26. 27. which was performed also by a winde as after verse 10. So the Lord will consume Antichrist with the spirit of his mouth 2 Thes. 2. 8. gathered or heaped up became as heaps And this being done with a mighty winde was with a great noise to which the Prophet hath reference saying the deepe uttered his voice and life up his hands on high Habakkuk 3. 10. congealed as ice frozen hardned It may be meant of the seas bottome which being muddy and soft was hardened that they went as on dry land He led his people through the deepe as an horse in the wildernesse Esay 63. 13. Some understand it of the waters that they were congealed as ice the heart that is the mids or deepe of the sea so Psalme 46. 3. Ezek. 28. 2. And now the channels of waters were seene and the foundations of the world were revealed at the rebuke of the Lord at the breath of the winde of his anger as David singeth for his victories Psal. 18. 16. Vers. 9. divide the spoile which is done after victory Luke 11. 22. and with joy Esay 9. 3. Thus the enemie vainely promised themselves the victory so in Iudg. 5. 30. soule that is lust or will so in Psal. 27. 12. and 41. 3. and 78. 18. destroy them or repossesse them for so the originall is used sometime for destroying or disinheriting as Numb 14. 12. sometime for causing to inherit or taking possession Numb 14. 24. The Chaldee here translateth it destroy the Greeke have dominion or Lord over them The Egyptians came out as a whirlewinde to scatter Israel their rejoycing was even to dovoure the poore in secret Hab. 3. 14. Vers. 10. blow the Chaldee translateth it thou didst say with thy word Of this winde there was no mention in Exod. 14. 27. but it is gathered from verse 21. where the Lord by a strong east winde caused the sea to goe backe covered them God made the waters of the red sea to flow over their faces as they pursued after Israel Deut. 11. 4. the waters covered the distressers of Israel not one of them was left Psal. 106. 11. And here God brake the heads of the Dragons in the waters the heads of Livjathan Psalme 74. 13. 14. Vers. 11. the Gods or the Mighties the Potentates so the Princes of the world are called Psal. 82. and 89. 7. wonders or marvels so the Greeke also and Chaldee translateth it the Hebrew being singular a wonder or miracle but one is often put for many as is noted on Gen. 3. 2. So in Psal. 78. 12. Vers. 12. the earth in the bottome of the sea so Ionas in the sea said the earth with her bars was about me for ever Ion. 2. 6. Vers. 13. leadest to wit softly or quietly as a flocke is led this was done by the pillar of the cloud and fire also by the hand of Moses and Aaron but ascribed to God as the principall even as in verse 12. God is said to stretch out his hand which was ministerially done by Moses Exodus 14. 26. So in Psalme 77. 21. thou didst leade thy people like a flocke by the hand of Moses and Aaron habitation of thine holinesse in Greeke thine holy lodging or mansion It is a continuance of the former similitude of a shepherds lodge or habitation which is in pleasant pastures to feed and give rest to his flocke as in all the cities thereof shall be an ha 〈…〉 of shepherds causing their flockes to lie downe 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 12. It meaneth the land of Canaan where God 〈…〉 uld give his people rest and feed them with his Word So when God promiseth to return them out of Babylon hee useth this word I will bring Israel againe to his habitation and hee shall feed c. Ier. 50. 19. and in that land Ierusalem was as the fold of the flocke and is called a quiet habitation Esay 33. 20. The fulfilling of this prophesie is celebrated by Asaph shewing how God made his people to goe forth like sheepe and guided them like a flocke in the wildernesse and led them on in safety and they dreaded not but the sea covered their enemies And hee brought them to the border of his Holinesse to that mountaine which his right hand had purchased Psal. 78 52. 53. 54. Vers. 14. stirred with feare or anger both which doe stirre the minde and body and cause it to quake and tremble and these were in the peoples hearing of Gods workes for Israel Deut. 2. 25. Ios. 2. 10. 11. Num. 20. 18. 20. and 22. 3. 6. The Greeke here translateth it angry Vers. 15. amazed or suddenly troubled it implieth both feare and haste and so the Greeke translateth it hasten See this fulfilled in Deut. 2. 4. and of Edoms Dukes see Gen. 36. take hold that is they shall greatly tremble For passions of the minde feare trembling astonishment and the like are said to take hold or fall upon men when they are overcome by them In Luk. 5. 26. it is said amazement tooke all which in Mark. 2. 12. is expounded all were amazed melt that is faint with feare as was accomplished Ios. 2. 9. 10. 11. and 5. 1. A similitude whereby the heart is likened to waxe which melteth with feare as waxe with fire Psal. 22. 15. and 68. 3. Vers. 16. terrour this also is signified in Deut. 2. 25. and 11. 25. Thargum Ierusalemy expounds it the terrour of death which phrase David useth in Psal. 55. 5. terrours of death are fallen upon me The Hebrew aemathah hath here a letter added in the end to denote the excesse of feare great terrour This though it was in respect of the people as it is said your terrour is fallen upon us Ios. 2. 9. yet proceeded it from God as he saith I will send my terrour before thee Exod. 23. 27. purchased or gotten bought and possessest The Hebrew Kanah signifieth to get either by generation as Gen. 4. 1. or by buying and purchasing whereby it becommeth ones owne possession Gen. 25. 10. Ex. 21. 2. All are in God creating redeeming and regenerating his people in Christ. So Moses elsewhere saith Is not he thy father that hath gotten or bought thee Deut. 32. 6. and Asaph saith Remember thy congregation which thou hast purchased Psalme 74. 2. and the Apostle speaketh of such as deny the Lord that hath bought them 2 Pet. 2. 1. The Chaldee here translateth it redeemed as in verse 13. Vers. 17. plant that is give them a setled dwelling a similitude from the vine tree as Psal. 80. 9. and 44. 3. mountaine that is mountany country such as Canaan was Deut. 11. 11. and in
a citie above two thousand cubits to goe further is unlawfull for 2000. cubits are the 〈…〉 of a 〈…〉 c. Maimony in Misneh treat of the Sabbath c. â—7 〈◊〉 1. 2. V. 31. like cortander in shape quantity but the colour white as 〈◊〉 or crystall Num. 11. 7. The Heb. Gad is not found in this signification but here and in Num. 〈◊〉 7. some think it to be 〈…〉 d but the Greeke cor 〈…〉 and the Chaldee Cusbar in Thargum Ierusalemy which is the Arabik name of Coriander doe confirm the common translation taste of it to wiâ— as it was gathered and uncoqued was like 〈…〉 but being baked c. it tasted like 〈…〉 〈◊〉 〈…〉 V. 33 golden pot so the Apostle in Heb 9. 4. following the common G 〈…〉 version translated this word which is not found but in this â—oly place put there Heb. give there the fulnesse of an Omer before Ieh vah that is before the Arke of testimonie which was a signe of Gods presence So it is explained in v. 34. And in 〈◊〉 Chro. 20. â—3 all Iudah stood before Iehovah 〈…〉 hat is in the house of Iehovah verse 5. Vers. 34. Testimonie that is the tables of Gods law which were in the Arke which testified Gods will to the people see Exod. 25 16. 21. These were given afterward at mount Sinai and there the Arke was made although therefore Moses rehearseth the thing here to make a full end of the storie of Manna yet the performance of this was not till after Vers. 35. did eat Manna all of them for their naturall food and it preserved their life but many of them pleased not God by reason of their unbeleefe 1 Coriathians 10. 5. Iude verse 5. therefore though they did eat Manna yet they are dead Ioh. 6. 49. even as they that now eat the Lords Supper unworthily are guilty of his body and blood and doe eat judgement to themselves not discerning the Lords body 1 Cor. 11. 27. 29. but they that by beleeving in Christ doe eat the true bread which came downe from heaven doe not die but have life eternall and he will raise them up at the last day Iohn 6. 35. 47. 51. 54. Vers. 36. Ephah a common measure much like and English bushel containing three Seahs or pecks mentioned in Gen. 18. 6. as the Chaldee here translateth an Omer is one of ten that is the tenth part of three Seahs so also the Greek saith the tenth of three measures The Ephah therefore contained so much as 432. hens egges about 7. gallons and a halfe of our measure So the Omer was more than twice so much as the Chaenix a measure spoken of in Rev. 6. 6. which Chaenix was wont to be a mans allowance of bread corne for a day By which Gods bounty appeared to his people in allowing for every of them daily an Omer of Manna verse 16. which contained so much as 43. hens egges and somewhat more CHAP. XVII 1 The people murmurâ— for water at Rephidiâ—â— 4 Moses crieth to the Lord who sendeth him for water to the R 〈…〉 in Horeb. 7. The place is called Massah and Meribah 8 Amalek fighting with Israel is overcome by the holding up of Moses hands 14. God threat 〈…〉 〈…〉 Amalek 15 Moses buildeth the altar Iehovah 〈◊〉 AND all the congregation of the sons of Israel journeyed from the wildernesse of Sin after their journeyes according to the mouth of Iehovah and they camped in Rephidim and there were no waters for the people to drinke And the people contended with Moses and said Give ye us waters that we may drinke and Moses said unto them Why contend you with me why tempt ye Iehovah And the people thirsted there for waters and the people murmured against Moses and said Wherefore is this that thou hast brought us up out of Egypt to kill us and our sonnes and our cattell with thirst And Moses cried unto Iehovah saying What shall I doe unto this people they bee almost ready to stone me And Iehovah said unto Moses Goe on before the people and take with thee of the Elders of Israel and thy rod that wherewith thou smotest the river take in thy hand and goe Behold I will stand before thee there upon the rocke in Horeb and thou shalt smite the rocke and waters shall come forth out of it and the people shall drinke and Moses did so in the eyes of the Elders of Israel And hee called the name of the place Massah and Meribah because of the contention of the sonnes of Israel and because they tempted Iehovah saying Is Iehovah among us or not And Amalek came and fought with Israel in Rephidim And Moses said unto * Iesus Ioshua Chuse us out men and goe thou out fight with Amalek to morrow I will stand on the top of the hill and the rod of God in my hand And Ioshua did as Moses had said to him to fight with Amalek and Moses Aaron and Hur went up to the top of the hill And it was when Moses hold up his hand then Israel prevailed and when he let downe his hand then Amalek prevailed And Moses hands were heavy and they tooke a stone and put it under him and he sate upon it and Aaron and Hur staied up his hands one on this side and one on the other side and his hands were steadie untill the going downe of the Sunne And Ioshua discomfited Amalek and his people with the edge of the sword And Iehovah said unto Moses write this for a memoriall in a booke and put is in the cares of Io 〈…〉 That wiping I will wipe out the remembrance of Amalek from under the heavens And Moses built an altar and called the name of it Iehovah Nissi And said Because the hand upon the throne of Iah Iehovah will have warre with Amalek from generation to generation Annotations AFter their or by their journeyes which were from Sin to Dophkah from Dophkah to Al 〈…〉 and from thence to Rephidim the place here spoken of Num. 33. 12. 14. the mouth that is as the Greeke and Chaldee doe translate the word of the Lord. See Gen. 24. 57. Rephidim in Greeke Raphidein V. 2. contended or did chide with many reprechfull provoking speeches so they did again in Num. 20. 3. 4. upon the like occasion give ye thou and Aaron who have brought us hither see Exod. 16. 2. 3. tempt ye by unbeleefe for they doubted of Gods presence with them verse 7. and would by miracles be assured thereof which is to tempt God as Matth. 16. 1. Psal. 78. 18. 19. Vers. 3. us so the Greeke also translateth in the Hebrew is me and my sonnes c. speaking of the multitude as of one man Vers. 4. cried the Chaldee translateth praied This was Moses usuall refuge in such troubles see Exod. 14. 15. and 15. 25. Num. 11. 10. 11. they be almost ready Hebr. yet a little and they 〈◊〉 stone me Like outrage they shewed also
in Numbers 14. 10. Vers. 5. Goe on or passe on that is journey towards Mount Horeb and goe thou and the Elders foremost rod or staffe mentioned also in Exod. 7. 20. Num. 20. 8. 9. Vers. 6. I will stand Hebr. I standing to wit in the pillar of the cloud the signe of my presence standing at mount Horeb whereof see Exod. 3. 1. in the eyes or before the eyes of the Elders as witnesses of this glorious miracle whereby God turning the Rocke into alake of water the fli 〈…〉 fountaine of water Psal. 114. 8. gave them drinke both for their bodies and soules For the Rocke and water out of it signified Christ and is therefore called a spirituall Rocke 1 Cor. 10. 4. Hee being smitten with Moses rod and bearing the curse 〈◊〉 the Law for our sinnes and by the preaching of the Gospell also crucified among his people Gal. 3. 1. from him floweth the spirituall drinke wherewith all beleeving hearts are refreshed and ou◠〈◊〉 their bellies flow rivers of water of life Ioh. 7. 37 38. 39. Esay 53. 4. 5. Gal. 3. 13. Therefore this water out of the rocke is often mentioned to the praise of God and strengthning of his peoples faith Deut. 8. 15. Psal. 78. 15. 16. and 105. 41. Neâ— 9. 15. The Hebrew Doctors say the turning of the rocke into water was the turning of the property 〈◊〉 judgement signified by the rocke into the proper 〈…〉 mercie signified by water R. Menachem on Exod. 17. Vers. 7. Massah that is in English Tentati 〈…〉 which name was given both for a memoriall of their sinne and a warning to generations following that they should not tempt the Lord as they tempted him in Massah Deut. 6. 16. Psal. 95. 8. 9. Heb. 3. 8 9. Meriâ—ah that is Contention or â—itter ehiding and so provocation to anger which therefore the Holy Ghost calleth in Greeke Para 〈…〉 that is Provocation or bitter contention which here was with Moses v. 2. and not so much with him as with the Lord himselfe Exod. 16. 8. Num. 20. 2. 13. Heb. 3. 8. 9. Is Iehovah c. that is the gracious presence of Iehovah and testimony thereof or are we deluded by Moses The Chaldee explaineth it thus Doth the Majestie of the Lord dwell among us or not Of this they would be confirmed by some signe or miracle which was to tempt God whose presence and power they had so often seene Vers. 8. Amalek the Amalekites the posteritie of Amalek a Duke of Eliphaz the sonne of Esau the brother of Israel Gen. 36. 15 16. This was the first of the nations who warring against Israel procured their owne utter destruction Numbers 24. 20. Deuteronomie 25. 19. 1 Sam. 15. 2. 3. But for Israels sinne came this chastisement upon them as the Iewes themselves acknowledged saying After they had passed through the sea they murmured for waters then came against them the wicked Amalek who hated them for the first birth right and blessing which our father Iakob had taken from Esau and he came and fought against Israel because they had violated the words of the law c. Thargum on Song 2. 15. fought or warred but treacherously for hee smote the hindmost of Israel even all that were seeble behinde them when they were saint and weary and bee feared not God Deut. 25. 18. Vers. 9. Ioshuah or Iesus in Hebrew Iehoshuah whom the Holy Ghost calleth in Greeke Iesus Acts 7. 45. Heb. 4. 8. Hee was first called Hoseas and Moses called his name Iesus that is Saviour Num. 13. 17. Hee was a figure of Iesus Christ the Saviour of the world both in his name and actions fighting the battels of the Lord and bringing his people into Canaan hee was the minister or servant of Moses and his successor in the government of Israel Exodus 24. 13. Numbers 27. 18. 23. Deuteronomie 34. 9. Ios. 1. c. the top Hebr. the head of the hill so in vers 10. There Moses holding up his rod as an ensigne might be seene of the people for the strengthning of their faith Compare Ios. 8. 18. 19. rod of God the Chaldee expoundeth it the rod wherewith miracles have beene done from before the Lord. Of it see Exod. 4. 20. and 7. 9. c. Vers. 10. to fight that is as the Greeke explaineth it and fought See the notes on Genes 2. 3. A like phrase also is in Numb 18. 22. Deut. 2. 16. 1 King 12. 33. The Hebrew text sometime manifesteth this as to build 1 Chron. 14. 1. for which in 2 Sam. 〈◊〉 11. is written and they built To say or Saying 1 Chronicles 13. 12. for which in 2 Sam. 6. 9. is written and said So in 1 Chronicles 34. 16. compared with 2 Kings 22. 9. Hur or Chur called in Greeke Oar hee was a Prince of the Tribe of Iudah being the sonne of Caleb the son of Ezron the sonne of Pharez the sonne of Iudah 1 Chronicles 2. 5. 9. 18. 19. This Hur was also left with Aaron to judge controversies when Moses went up unto GOD upon mount Sinai Exodus 24. 14. His sonnes sonne Bâ—â—aleel was the master workeman of the Lords tabernacle Exod. 31. 2. 5. Vers. 11. held up or held alâ—ft his hand with the rod of God in it for a signe of Gods power and helpe unto his people and consequently praying unto God for assistance as the lifting up of the hands also signifieth Psal. 28. 2. And so the Thargum Ierusalemy explaineth it when Moses held up his hands in prayer the house of Israel prevailed and when he let downe his hands from prayer the house of Amalek prevailed Hand is here for hands as the Greeke translateth and the verse following manifesteth Vers. 12. heavy that he could not continue to hold them up a signe of mans infirmities not able to indure long in spirituall exercises The spirit is willing but the flesh is weake Matth. 26. 41. 43. See also Luke 18. 1. Rom. 12 12. a stone under this similitude of a stone Christ is often signified Esay 28. 16. Psalme 118. 22. Zacharie 3. 9. 1 Pet. 2. 4. upon whom our weake faith is sustained in prayer and by whose spirit our infirmities are holpen Ioh. 14. 13. 14. 16. 17 Romans 8. 26. were steadie Hebr. was steadinesse or faith fulnesse And here the force of the Hebrew word amunah which signifieth faith is shewed to bee a steadie or firme perswasion in the promises of God and that which is most necessary in prayer Matth. 21. 22. Iames 1. 6. 7. and 5. 15. Romans 4. 20. 21. And this phrase his hand was meaneth that both his hands were steadfast For steadinesse the Chaldee saith Moses hands were spred-out in prayer going downe Hebr. going in of the Sunne which was the end of the day and withall of the victory and salvation of Israel So he that indureth to the end he shall be saved Matth. 24. 13. Vers. 13. edge Hebr. mouth which the Greeke translateth slaughter of the sword
they should eate and drinke at his table in his kingdome Luk. 22. 30. Verse 12. bee there that is continue there So 1 Tim. 4. 15 in these things be thou that is continue and give thy selfe unto them So in Ruth 1. 2. Esay 66. 2. Psalme 64. 8. commandement in Greeke commandements But Moses often useth this word sigularly though he speaketh of the Law in generall So the Apostle also 2 Peter 2. 21. and 3. 2. to teach to instruct or confirme in the Law To this word the Apostle following the Gr. version hath reference when he saith the Israelites had the giving of the Law Rom. 9. 4. and the people received or were taught the Law Heb. 7. 11. and the covenant established or taught upon better promises Heb. 8. 6. So that the word implieth a full information and constitution of them their common wealth by the Law Herein the Iewes did glorie Rom. 2. 17. 18. Vers. 13. Ioshua in Greek Iesus see Exod. 17. 9. of God that is as the Chaldee translateth on which the glorie of God was revealed See v. 16. Vers. 14. Sit that is Abide or Tary as the Chaldee translateth the Greeke saith be quiet Hur of him see Exod. 17. 10. hath matters to doe or hath words to speake that is hath any question or controversie So the Gr. and Chaldee translate it Iudgment or controversie The Hebr. phrase is who so is a master of words or of matters Vers. 15. a cloud the signe of Gods presence though with terror and obscuritie 2 Chron. 6. 1. Heb. 12. 18. See also Exod. 19. 9. Verse 16. dwelt the Greeke expoundeth it came downe upon the mount six daies to prepare Moses for to receive the Lawes as before he had done the people three daies Ex. 19. 10. 11. In six daies God made the world and the seventh he rested Gen. 2. the same number is here at the giving of the Law wherein God shewed as great wisdome as in the making of the world Psal. 19. Vers. 17. devouring or consuming fire in Greek flaming fire this was for a terror to the transgressors of his Law Deut. 4. 24. and hee is no lesse fearfull under the Gospell Heb 12. 28. 29. Vers. 18. fortie dayes during which time he did nâ—ther eat bread nor drinke water Deuter. 9. 9. The like number of daies Elias fasted 1 King 19. 8. and Christ when hee was to enter upon the ministery of the Gospell Matt. 4. 2. CHAP. XXV 1 The Lord by Moses teacheth Israel what things they should willingly offer for the making of a Sanctuarie that he might dwell amongst them 10 The matter and forme of the Arke 17 The Covering-mercy-feat thereof with the Cherubims 23 The Table for the Shewbread with the furniture thereof 31 The golden Candlesticke with the parts and instruments thereof 40 All things must bee made according to the patterne shewed in the mount 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 AND Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Speake unto the sons of Israel let them take for me an offering of every man whose heart shall make him willing ye shall take my offring And this is the offering which ye shall take of them gold and silver and brasse And blew and purple and scarlet and fine linnen and goats haire And Ram skins died red and Tachash skins and Shittim wood Oile for the light spices for anointing oile and for incense of sweet spices Beryl stones filling stones for the Ephod and for the Brest plate And let theÌ„ make for me a Sanctuary and I will dwell amongst them According to all that I will shew thee the patterne of the Tabernacle and the pattern of all the instruments thereof even so shall yee make them And they shall make an Arke of Shittim wood two cubits and an halfe shall be the length therof and a cubit and a halfe the bredth thereof a cubit and an halfe the height thereof And thou shalt overlay it with pure gold within and without shalt thou-overlay it and thou shalt make upon it a crown of gold round about And thou shalt cast for it four rings of gold and shalt put them in the foure corners thereof and two rings shal be in the one side of it and two rings in the second side And thou shalt make bars of Shittim wood and shalt overlay them with gold And thou shalt put the bars into the rings by the sides of the Ark to bear the Ark with them In the rings of the Arke shall the bars be they shall not be removed from it And thou shalt put into the Arke the Testimonie which I shall give 〈◊〉 thee And thou shalt make a Covering-mercy-seat of pure gold two cubits and an halfe shal be the length therof and a cubit an halfe the bredth thereof And thou shalt make two Cherubims of gold of beaten worke shalt thou make them at the two ends of the Covering-mercy-seat And make thou one Cherub on the one end and oâ—â— Cherub on the other end of the Covering-mercy-seat shal ye make the Cherubims oâ— the two ends thereof And the Chrubiâ—e shall stretch forth the wings on high covering with their wings over the Covering-mercy-seat and their faces shall be one to another towards the Covering-mercy-seat shall the faces of the Cherubims bee And thou shalt put the Covering-mercy-seat uâ— on the Arke above in the Arke thou shaâ—â— put the Testimonie which I shall give unto thee And I will meet with thee there and I will speake with thee from above the Covering-mercy-seat from betweene the two Cherubims which are upon the Arke of the Testimony all things which I will comm 〈…〉 thee unto the sons of Israel And thou sha 〈…〉 make a Table of Shittim wood two cub 〈…〉 shall bee the length thereof and a cubit the bredth thereof and a cubit and an halfe the height thereof And thou shalt overlay 〈…〉 with pure gold and shalt make thereo 〈…〉 crowne of gold round about And thou sha 〈…〉 make unto it a border of an hand bred 〈…〉 round about and thou shalt make a crowne of gold to the border thereof round abovâ— And thou shalt make for it foure rings of gold and shalt put the rings in the four corners which are on the foure feet thereof Over-against the border shall the rings be 〈◊〉 places for the bars to beare the table And thou shalt make the barres of Shittim wood and shalt overlay them with gold and the table shall be borne with them And th 〈…〉 shalt make the dishes thereof and the cu 〈…〉 thereof and the covers therof the bow 〈…〉 thereof which shall be to cover withall 〈◊〉 pure gold shalt thou make them And th 〈…〉 shalt set upon the Table Shewbread bef 〈…〉 me continually And thou shalt make a Câ—â—dlesticke of pure gold of beaten worke 〈◊〉 the Candlesticke be made his shaft and 〈◊〉 branch his bowles his knops and 〈◊〉 flowers shall bee of the same And 〈◊〉 branches comming out
these words is used for our shamefull parts flesh in Gen. 17. 11. Ezek. 23. 20. nakednesse in Gen. 9. 22. 23. Lev. 18. 7. which are here commanded to bee covered with linnen which signified righteousnesse Revel 19. 8. even the righteousnesse which is of God by faith wherby our sinne which is our shame Romans 6. 21. is covered Rom. 4. 6. 7. And as all these garments are given of God to Aaron and his sonnes so hee it was that clothed our first parents after their nakednesse Gen. 3. 21. and he hath spred his skirts over us and covered our filthiness when we were naked and bare Ezek. 16. 7. 8. and counselleth all to buy of him white rayment that they may be clothed and their filthie nakednesse appeare not Revel 3. 18. even to put on the Lord Iesus Christ and to make no provision for the flesh to fulfill the lusts therof Rom. 13. 14. the thighes from above the navell a little off from the heart unto the end of the thigh saith Maimony in Implements of the Sanctuary Chap. 8. Sect. 18. Though these parts were covered by the former garments yet lest by wind or any other accident they should haply be discovered God for more reverence of his Majesty and regard of seemlinesse and honesty appointeth this close covering which as Maimony expresseth were tyed with strings and made close like a purse Thus God gave more abundant honour to that part which lacked and our uncomely parts have more abundant comelinesse as Paul saith 1 Cor. 12. 23. 24. Vers. 43. beare not iniquity that is beare not punishment for this iniquity and dye The Greeke translateth and they shall not bring sinne upon themselves that they dye not For God is of purer eyes then to behold evill Hab. 1. 13. and hee that had not on his wedding garment was bound hand and foot and cast into utter darknesse Matth. 22. 12. 13. Blessed therefore is he that watcheth and keepeth his garments lest he walke naked and his shame be seene Revelat. 16. 15. This caution is not for the breeches onely but for all the garments as the Hebrew Doctors have gathered thus The high Priest that ministreth with lesse then these eight garments or the inferiour Priest that ministreth with lesse then these foure garments his service is unlawfull and hee is guilty of death by the hand of God even as a stranger that ministreth as it is written in Exodus 29. 9. AND THOV SHALT GIRTHEN VVITH GIRDLES c. AND THE PRIESTHOOD SHALL BE THEIRS when thee garments are upon them their Priesthood is upon them if their garments be not upon them their priest-hood is not upon them but loe they are as strangers and it is written in Num. 1. 51. THE STRANGER THAT COMMETH NIGH SHALLBE PVT TO DEATH As he that wanteth his garment is guiltie of death and his service unlawfull so is he that hath moe garments As hee that puts on two coats or two girdles Or the common priest that puts on the high priests garments and serveth loe he polluteth the service and is guiltie of death by the hand of the God of heaven Maimony in treat of the Implements of the Sanctuarie ch 10. sect 4. 5. CHAP. XXIX 1. The things which Moses was to get readie for the consecrating of the Priests unto their office 4 To wash their bodies 5 The order how to put on the high priests garments 7. and to aniont him 8 The araying of the other priests 10 The manner how to sacrifice the Bullocke which was for a sin-offring 15 And the first Ram which was for a Burnt-offring 19 And the second Ram which was for consecration of the Priests to that the blood therof should be put on their eares hands and feet 21 With that blood and with oile they and their garments should be sprinkled 26 The manner how to wave the brest of that sacrifice and to leave up the shoulder thereof in the Priests hands 30 Seven daies the time of consecration 32 The Priest must eate the Ram wherewith they should bee consecrated 36 Of purifying the Altar seven dayes 38 Of the two Lambs which should be for a daily burnt offring in Israel continually 40 with their meat and drinke-offerings 43 God promiseth to sanctifie his Tabernacle and people and to dwell among them AND this is the thing that thou shalt doe unto them to sanctifie them to minister-in-the-Priests-office unto me Take one Bullocke a yongling of the Herd and Two Rams perfect And unleavened bread and cakes unleavened tempered with oile and wafers unleavened anointed with oile of wheaten flowre shalt thou make them And thou shalt put them into one basket and shalt bring them neer in the basket and the bullock and the two Rams And Aaron and his Sonnes thou shalt bring neare unto the doore of the tent of the congregation and shalt wash them with water And thou shalt take the garments and shalt clad Aaron with the Coat and with the Robe of the Ephod and with the Ephod and with the Brestplate and shalt fitly gird clà d with the curious girdle of the Ephod And thou shalt put the Miter upon his head and shalt fasten the Crowne of holinesse upon the Miter And thou shalt take the anointing oile and poure it upon his head and anoint him And thou shalt bring neer his Sons and clad them with Coats And thou shalt gird them with Girdles Aaron and his Sons and shalt bind the bonnets on them and the priesthood shall be theirs for an eternall statute and thou shalt fill the hand of Aaron and the hand of his Sonnes And thou shalt bring neere the bullocke before the Tent of the congregation and Aaron and his Sons shall impose their hands upon the head of the bullocke And thou shalt kill the bullocke before Iehovah at the doore of the Tent of the congregation And thou shalt take of the blood of the bullocke and put upon the hornes of the Altar with thy finger and shalt poure all the blood at the bottome of the Altar And thou shalt take all the fat that covereth the inwards the caule that is above the liver and the two kidneyes and the fat which is upon them and shalt burne them upon the Altar And the flesh of the bullocke and his skin and his dung shalt thou burne with fire without the campe it is a Sinne offring And thou shalt take the one Ram and Aaron and his Sonnes shall impose their hands upon the head of the Ram. And thou shalt kill the Ram and shalt take his blood and sprinkle upon the altar round about And thou shalt cut the Ram into his peeces and shalt wash his inwards and his legges and put them unto his peeces and unto his head And thou shalt burne all the Ram upon the altar it is a Burnt-offring unto Iehovah it is a savour of rest a Fire offring unto Iehovah And thou shalt take the other Ramme and Aaron and his sonnes shall
make the holy Anointing oile 26 and what thingâ— should be anointed with it 32 Other men may not use it or make the 〈◊〉 34. The composition and making of the Incense 36 and use thereof 37 Men may not make the like for themselves ANd thou shalt make an altar an incense altar of incense of Shittim wood shalt thou make it A cubit 〈…〉 the length thereof and a cubit the breâ—â—â— thereof fouresqure shall it be and two 〈◊〉 the height thereof the hornes thereof shall be of the same And thou shalt overlay it with pure gold the roofe thereof and the walls thereof round-about and the hornes thereof and thou shalt make unto it a crowne of gold round about And two rings of gold shalt thou make to it under the crowne of it by the two ribbes thereof upon the two sides of it shalt thou make them and they shall be for places for the barres to beare it withall And thou shalt make the â—â—rres of Shittim wood and shalt overlay them with gold And thou shalt put it before the veile which is by the Arke of the Testimony before the Covering-mercy-seat which is over the Testimony where I will meet with thee And Aaron shall burne thereon incense of sweet-spices every morning when he dresseth the lamps he shall burne it And when Aaron causeth the lampes to ascend betweene the two evenings he shall burne it a continuall incense before Iehovah throughout your generations Ye shall not offer thereon strange incense or burnt-offring or meat-offring and drinke-offring yee shall not poure out thereon And Aaron shall make-atonement upon the hornes of it once in the yeere with the blood of the sinne offring of atonements once in the yeere shall hee make atonement upon it throughout your generations it is holyes unto Iehovah 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 And Iâ—hovah spake unto Moses saying When thou takest the Sum of the Sonnes of Israel by those that are to bee numbred of them then shall they give every man the ransome of his soule unto Iehovah when thou numbrest them that there be no plague amongst them when thou numbrest them This they shall give every one that passeth among them that are numbred halfe a shekell by the shekell of the Sanctuary the shekell is twenty gerahs an halfe shekell shall be an heave-offring to Iehovah Every one that passeth among them that are numbred from twenty yeeres old and above hee shall give the heave-offring of Iehovah The rich shall not give-more and the poore shall not give-lesse then halfe a shekell in giving the heave-offring of Iehovah to make atonement for your soules And thou shalt take the silver of the atonements of the sons of Israel and shalt give it for the service of the Tent of the congregation and it shall be for a memoriall for the Sonnes of Israel before Iehovah to make atonement for your soules And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Thou shalt also make a Layer of brasse and his foot of brasse to wash and thou shalt put it betweene the Tent of the congregation and the altar and thou shalt put water there in And AaroÌ„ his sons shal wash therefrom their hands and their feet When they goe into the Tent of the congregation they shall wash with water that they dye not or when they come-neere to the altar to minister to burn the Fire offring unto Iehovah And they shall wash their hands and their feet that they dye not and it â—â—â—ill be unto them a statute for ever to him and to his feed throughout their generations And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Thou also take unto thee the chiefe of spices of pure Myrrh five hundred shekels and of sweet Cinamon the halfe thereof two hundred and fifty and of sweet Calamus two hundred and fifty And of Cassia five hundred by the shekell of the Sanctuary and of oyle olive an Hin And thou shalt make it an oyle of holy anointing a compound-ointment compounded after the worke of the Apothecary it shall be an oyle of holy anointing And thou shalt anoint therewith the Tent of the congregation and the Arke of the Testimony And the Table and all the vessels thereof and the Candlestick and the vessels thereof and the Altar of Intense And the altar of burnt-offring and all the vessels thereof and the Laver and the foot thereof And thou shalt sanctifie them and they shall bee holy of holies whatsoever toucheth them shall be holy And thou shalt anoint Aaron and his sonnes and sanctifie them to minister-in-the-priest-office unto me And thou shalt speake unto the Sonnes of Israel saying This shall be an oyle of holy anointing unto me throughout your generations Vpon mans flesh it shall not be poured and after the composition of it yee shall not 〈…〉 ke like it holinesse it is holinesse shall it be unto you Any man that shall compoundan-ointment like it or that shall put thereof upon a stranger he shall even bee cut-off from his peoples And Iehovah said unto Moses Take unto thee sweet-spices Stacte and Onycha and Galbanum sweet-spices and pure frankincense there shall be one alone with another alone And thou shalt make it an incense a confection the worke of the Apothecary salted pure holy And thou shalt beat of it pounding-â—â—-small and shalt put of it before the Testimony in the Tent of the congregation where I will meet with thee holy of Holies shall it be unto you And the incense which thou shalt make after the composition of it ye shall not make to your selves it shall be holinesse unto thee for Iehovah Any man that shall make like unto it to smell thereto shall even be cut-off from his peoples Annotations AN incense altar of incense or a perfumatorie a perfuming place of perfume where odours were burned daily and resolved into fume or smoke In the making it is called onely an altar of incense Exod. 37. 25. and so the Greeke translateth it here But because an Altar in Hebrew Mizbeach hath the name of slaine-sacrifices which were offred thereon and upon this there was no such service therefore it is called for distinction sake Miktar a Perfumatory or Incense altar The Chaldee expoundeth it Thou shalt make an Altar to offer upon it incense of sweet-spices Shittim Greeke incorruptible wood see Exod. 25. 5. Vers. 2. hornes sharpe high places in the foure corners see the notes on Exodus 27. 1. 2. c. Vers. 3. gold whereupon it was called the golden altar Num. 4. 11. Revel 8. 3. as the other covered with brasse was the brazen altar Exodus 38. 30. Of the matter underneath it is sometime called the altar of wood as in Ezek. 41. 22. where the measures of it prophesied to bee under the Gospell are larger then these under the Law For this was but one cubit long that two this two cubits high that three Because the service of God by Christs comming should bee inlarged from East to West Gods name should be
sanctifieth And he doth not sanctifie sitting because it is as a service and no service is dont but standing as it is written in Deut. 18. 5. TO STAND TO MINISTER and who so serveth sitting is profâ—â—e and his service not allowable c. Maimony ibidem Sect. 3. 4. 5. 8. 16. 17. and Thalm 〈…〉 Bab. intreat Zâ—bachim Chap. 2. Vers. 〈◊〉 dye not by the hand of God as 〈◊〉 Aarons sonnes in Levit. 10. 1. 2. So Maimony in the foresaid place Sect. 1. saith The Priest that serveth and sanctifieth not his hands and his feet in the morning is in danger of death by the hands of the God of heaven as it is written They shall wash with water that they die not and his service is unlawfull whether â—e 〈…〉 the high Priest or an inferiour This rite did teach them and us faith in Christ in whose blood we are washed from our sinnes and made Kings and Priests unto God Revel 1. 5. 6. also sanctification by the washing of regeneration and renewing of the holy Ghost Tit. 3. 5. that we being sprinkled in our hearts from an evill conscience and washed in our bodies with pure water may draw neere with a true heart in assurance of faith Heb. 10. 22. and washing our hands in innocencie may compasse the Altar of the Lord Psal. 26. 6. to burne the fire offring which the Greeke explaineth to offer the Burnt-offrings and the Chaldee more generally to offer oblations before the Lord. Vers. 21. wash in the Chaldee sanctifie to his seed the posteritie of Aaron the Chaldee expounds it his sonnes Vers. 23. chiefe or head spices that is the principall and most excellent so in Ezek. 27. 22. Song 4. 14. pure myrrh in Greeke choise myrrh Hebrew myrrh of freedome that is free pure naturall as it floweth Myrrh so named of the Hebrew Mor is a sweet gumme or moisture that issueth out of the myrrh tree and none is preferred before it as Plinie sheweth in his hist. booke 12. chap. 15. The graces of Christ and of his Church are often resembled by this myrrh Song 1. 13. and 3. 6. and 4. 14. and 5. 1. 5. 13. Psal. 45. 9. shekels this word is added by the Greeke and the Chaldee in Thargum Ierusalemy and in the verse following it is here expressed sweet or aromaticall cinamon which commeth of the Hebrew name Kinnemon and is the barke of a tree used for sweet odours and signified spirituall grace Prov. 7. 17. Song 4. 14. halfe thereof that is halfe the fore-said quantity as followeth 250. shekels weight But the Hebrew Doctors understand it otherwise and say there was of this 500. shekels as of the former and this which the Law saith Cinamon the halfe thereof 250. is because they weighed it at two times 250 at each time saith Maimony in treat of the Implements of the Sanctuarie chap. 1. Sect. 2. Calamus or Cane according to the Hebrew name 〈◊〉 for Calamus is after the Greeke name It is a kinde of sweet reed bought and brought out of farre Countries as appeareth by Ieremie 6. 20. Esay 43. 24. Verse 24. Cassia or Costus another sweet cane called in Hebrew Kiddah mentioned onely here and in Ezek. 27. 19. an Hin whereof see Exod 29. â—0 Maimony in the fore-named treatise chap. 2. Sect. 2. saith the Hin was twelve logs of which measure see Levit. 14. 10. and every log foure qu 〈…〉 ants Others more fully thus a quadrant or quarter containeth is much as an egge and a halfe A 〈…〉 ineth foure quadrants that is sixe egges A Kab containeth foure logs that 24. egges A Hin twelve legs that is 72. egges A Seah or Pecke wherof see Gen. 18. 6. contained sixe Kabs that is 24. logs two Hins or 144. egges An Epha was three Seahs 18. Kabs sixe Hins 72. logs or 432. egges R. Alphes in treat of the Passeover chap. 5. Vers. 25. make it The manner is recorded to be thus Every of those foure spices was pounded severally then mixed altogether and steeped in waier pure and sweet till all the strength of them was gone out into the water then they put unto the water an Hin of oile olive and boyled all on the fire till the water was consumed and the oile left in the vessell for use afterward Maimony treat of the Implements of the Sanctuary chap. 1. Sect. 3. compound-ointment or sweet-consection Apothecarie or compounder of ointments Such in the ages following were of the Priests Sonnes 1 Chron. 9. 30. holy anointing Hebrew unction of holinesse or as the Greek translateth it an holy chrisme Vers. 26. anoint therewith the Tent or the Tabernacle with all things about the same which was performed in Exod. 40. and Lev. 8. 10. c. These sweet odours signified the joyfull graces of Gods Spirit and the anointing with this oile the pouring out of the holy Spirit upon Christ his Church and ministers Acts 10. 38. Esay 61. 1. Psal. 45. 8. 2 Cor. 1. 21. 22. Song 3. 6. Psal. 133. 2. As it is written Ye have an ointment from him that is holy and knâ—w all things and the Anointing that ye have received of him dwelleth in you and yee need not that any man teach you but as the same Anointing teacheth you of all things c. 1 Ioh. 2. 20. 27. Vers. 29. whatsoever or whosoever so the Greek saith every-one that toucheth them shall be sanctified Vers. 32. poured in Greeke anointed not make the Greeke addeth not make unto your selves holinesse shall it be unto you â—â—e Greeke translateth holy it is and a sanctification or sanctified thing shall it be unto you Therefore it might not be used unto common â—ffaires God hereby teaching the holy and reverend use of his graces and sanctified ordinances which must not bee communicated with the unregenerate and sensuall which having not the Spirit doe turne the grace of God into lasciviousnesse Matth. 7. 6. 1 Ioh. 2. 19. 20. Iude verse 4. 19. 1 Cor. 2. 6. 14. V. 33. like it Of this point the Heb. doe record He that maketh anointing oile according to the work according to the weight of this without adding or diminishing if he do it presumptuously is guilty of cutting off if ignorantly he is to bring the sacrifice appointed for it He that shall anoint any with the anointing oile presumptisously is guilty of cutting-off if ignorantly he is to bring a sacrifice whether he anoint himselfe or another man Maimony treat of the Implements of the Sanctuary chap. 1. Sect. 4. 5. a stranger whosoever was not Priest or King Maimony in the foresaid place saith They anointed none herewith in the generations following but the high Priests and him that was anointed for the warre Deut. 20. 1. 2. and the Kings of Davids house onely Though he be a Priest and Sonne of a Priest yet they doe anoint him Lev. 6. 22. But they anoint not the King that is Sonne of the King because the kingdome is the Kings inheritance for ever
him And Aaron said unto them Breake-off the eare-rings of gold which are in the eares of your wives of your sonnes and of your daughters and bring them unto me And all the people brake-off the eare-rings of gold which were in their eares and brought them unto Aaron And he received them at their hand and fashioned it with a graving-toole and he made it a molten calfe and they said These be thy gods O Israel which brought thee up out of the land of Egypt And Aaron saw it and he built an Altar before it and Aaron proclaimed and said To morrow is a feast to Iehovah And they rose-up-early on the morrow and offred Burnt offrings and brought-neere Peace-offrings and the people sate-downe to eat and to drinke and rose-up to play And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Goe get thee downe for the people which thou broughtest-up out of the land of Egypt have corrupted themselves They have turned-aside quickly out of the way which I commanded them they have made them a molten calfe and they have bowed themselves-downe thereto and have sacrificed thereunto and said These be thy gods O Israel which have brought thee up out of the land of Egypt And Iehovah said unto Moses I have seene this people and behold it is a stiffe-necked people And now let me alone and my anger shall waxe hot against them and I will consume them and I will make of thee a great nation And Moses earnestly-besought the face of Iehovah his God and said Wherefore O Iehovah shall thy anger waxe hot against thy people which thou hast brought-forth out of the land of Egypt with great power and with a mighty hand Wherefore should the Egyptians speake and say For evill did hee bring them out and kill them in the mountaines and to consume them from upon the face of the earth Turne from the hotnesse of thine anger and repent of the evill against thy people Remember Abraham Isaack and Israel thy servants unto whom thou swarest by thy selfe and spakest unto them I will multiply your seed as the starres of the heavens and all this land which I have spoken of will I give unto your seed and they shall inherit it for ever And Iehovah repented concerning the evill which hee had spoken to doe unto his people And Moses turned and went downe from the mountain the two Tables of the testimony were in his hand the tables were written on both their sides on the one side on the other were they written And the tables they were the worke of God the writing that was the writing of God graven upon the Tables And Ioshua heard the voice of the people as they shouted and hee said unto Moses there is a voyce of warre in the campe And he said It is not the voice of them that shout for masterie neither is it the voice of them that cry for discomfiture the voice of singing doe I heare And it was when he came nigh unto the campe then he saw the calfe and the dances and Moses anger waxed hot and he cast the Tables out of his hands brake them beneath the mount And hee tooke the calfe which they had made and burnt it in the fire and ground it till it was small and strewed it upon the face of the water and made the sonnes of Israel drinke of it And Moses said unto Aaron what did this people unto thee that thou hast brought upon them so great a sinne And Aaron said Let not the anger of my Lord waxe hot thou knowest the people that they are set on evill And they said unto me Make gods for us which may goe before us because this Moses the man which brought us up out of the land of Egypt wee know not what is become of him And I said unto them Who soever hath any gold breake ye it off and they gave it me and I cast it into the fire and there came-out this calfe And Moses saw the people that they were naked for Aaron had made them naked unto their shame amongst those that rose up against them And Moses stood in the gate of the campe and said Who is for Iehovah let him come unto me and all the Sons of Levi gathered themselves unto him And hee said unto them Thus saith Iehovah the God of Israel Put ye every man his sword upon his thigh Passe ye and returne ye from gate to gate in the campe and kill ye every man his brother and every man his fellow-friend and every man his neighbour And the Sons of Levi did according to the word of Moses and there fell of the people in that day about three thousand men And Moses said Fill ye your hand to day unto Iehovah even every man in his Son and in his brother that that he may give upon you this day a blessing And it was on the morrow that Moses said unto the people you have sinned a great sin and now I will goe-up unto Iehovah peradventure I shall make-atonement for your sin And Moses returned unto Iehovah and said Oh this people hath sinned a great sin and they have made them gods of gold And now if thou wilt forgive their sin and if not wipe me I pray thee out of thy Booke which thou hast written And Iehovah said unto Moses Whosoever sinneth against me I will wipe him out of my Booke And now goe leade the people unto the place that I have spoken to thee behold my Angell shall goe before thee and in the day when I visit then will I visit their sin upon them And Iehovah plagued the people for that they made the calfe which Aaron made Annotations DElayed The first signification of the Hebrew word is to be ashamed Gen. 2. 25. and because long tarrying and looking for ones comming causeth shame as in Iudg. 3. 25. they tarried till they were ashamed therefore the word is also used for tarying or delaying of the time Iudg. 5. 28. and is so here translated by the Chaldee and the Greek and in Rev. 10. 6. time is used for delay the people that is some of them as the like word in v. 6. is opened by Paul in 1 Cor. 10. 7. Gods that is an image or representation of God as after in v. 4. and the words here following manifest This narration sheweth how the Israelites who promised to doe all that the Lord commanded Exod. 19. 8. did behave themselves in keeping of the morall Law and of that great Commandement which God had both spoken to them himselfe from heaven and repeated againe by Moses Exod. 20. 4. 23. that so the impossibility of the Law in that it was weake through the flesh might be seene in this people even at the first before any obedience was performed Rom. 8. 3. Nehem. 9. 13. 16. become of him or done to him They looked for Moses to bring them a forme of worship and some visible signe of Gods presence among them as afterwards
unto the evill of thy people which thing is here implyed but the Hebrew phrase meaneth also the evill of punishment which God should repent of that is not inflict upon them speaking after the manner of men as in Gen. 6. 6. Therefore the Chaldee addeth repent of the evill which thou thinkest to doe to thy people which is confirmed by v. 14. V. 13. by thy selfe God having no greater to sweare by and by such an oath willing to shew the immutability of his counsel as Paul expoundeth it Heb. 6. 13. 17. The Chaldee translateth by thy Word see Gen. 22. 16. 17. 18. unto which place this praier of Moses hath speciall reference where also the blessing of all nations in Christ is mentioned which is the ground of this request and of Gods yeelding thereunto So the Hebrew Doctors after a sort acknowledged saying Then Moses returned sought mercy at the face of the Lord and the Lord remembred the inclination of Isaack who was bound by his father in mount Morijah upon the Altar and the Lord turned from his anger and caused his divine-presence to dwell in the midst of them as before Thargum in Cant. cap. 1. vers 13. cap. 2. vers 17. Vers. 15. on the one Hebr. on this side and on this This manner of writing on both side was also in other mysticall books Ezek. 2. 10. Rev. 5. 1. It signified in respect of the Law it selfe that it hath both the outward letter and inward spirituall meaning Ro. 7. 14. Gal. 4. 24. in respect of men that the Law should be written outwardly in their actions before men and inwardly in their hearts before God Matth. 5. 16. Heb. 8. 10. Rom. 2. 28. 29. See the notes on Exod. 31. 18. Vers. 16. the worke of God herein they differed from the second tables which were the worke of Moses Exod. 34. 1. It is a tradition of the Iewes that these first tables were bewen out of the Saphir of the throne of Gods glory mentioned in Exod. 24. 10. Thargumin Cant. cap. 1. verse 11. Vers. 17. Ioshua or as the Greeke writeth him Iesus see Exod. 17. 9. of them that shout or of them that answer or sing Hebrew of answering or singing The Chaldee translates it it is not the voice of strong men which overcome in the warre neither is it the voice of weake men which are discomfited discomfiture or weakenesse of such as are overcome singing for play and voluptuousnesse good cheare c. as in v. 6. Therefore the Chaldee translates it the voyce of them that play and the Greeke addeth of them that sing for wine Vers. 19. his hand or his hands that is each of his hands the Hebrew hath both readings the first by the vowels and margine the other by the letters in the line So in Exod. 35. 11. Lev. 9. 22. and 16. 21. Deur 2. 33. breake them to signifie the breaking of the covenant by reason of their sin For that Moses did this advisedly and by the motion of Gods Spirit appeareth by his relation of it againe in Deut. 9. 16. 17. Wherefore the Tabernacle of the congregation wherein the Lord was to be sought was upon this pitched a farre off from the campe untill by Moses intreaty reconciliation was made between God and the people Exod. 33. 7. 9. c. Vers. 20. small even as dust Deut. 9. 21. that it might utterly be abolished and that they might drinke thereof the waters of the brooke that came downe out of the mount Deut. 9. 11. from the Rocke in Horeb Ex. 17. 6. which Rock was Christ 1 Cor. 10. 4. drinke By this they were taught the way of salvation from their sins whiles Moses that is the Law giveth the knowledge of sin condemnation for the same Rom. 3. 20. Gal. 3. 10. and forceth men unto Christ the Rocke from whom doe flow the waters of life wherin all sinne is swallowed up to the repentant beleeving sinner who by drinking the dust thereof with the waters of the Gospel into their owne bowels doe acknowledge the curse which they have deserved and doc judge themselves who are else to be condemned of the Lord Gal. 3. 24. Ezek. 36. 31. and 20. 43. 1 Cor. 10. 31. Compare Num. 5. 17. 19. c. V. 22. aroset or lie in evill as the Apostle useth a like speech of the world 1 Ioh. 5. 19. or are in evill that is are very evill as Gods works are said to be in faith Ps. 33. 4. that is most faithfull or true the woman is said to be in the transgression 1 Tim. 2. 14. that is the transgressor and many the like The Greeke translateth thou knowest the violent-force of this people Vers. 34. there came out Aaron here is not so free in confessing his owne sinne as he did the peoples but speaketh of the Calfe as if it had beene made rather by hap then by his art verse 4. But Aarons sinne was so great as the Lord was very angry with him to have destroied him had not Moses praied for him also Deut. 9. 20. for he had made the people naked unto their shame as after in verse 25. Compare Aarons excuse with Adams Gen. 3. Vers. 25. naked in the shame of their sinnes deprived of the glory and protection of God as naked unarmed men to bee devoured of their enemies Compare Gen. 3. 10. Rev. 3. 18. and 16. 15. The Greeke translateth it dissipated or scattered for Aaron had dissipated them for a rejoycing to their adversaries unto shame or infamie and as the Greeke translates it a rejoycing or mockerie which the Chaldee paraphraseth thus to blot them with an evill name in their generations So the Thargum on Solomons Song cap. 1. vers 12. saith hereof the wicked of that generation rose up and made a golden calse together with the mixed people which were among them and they made their workes to stinke and their evill name went out into the world And Paul applieth the like against the Iewes Through breaking the law dishonourest thou God For the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles through you Rom. 2. 23. 24. amongst those that rose up against them or by their adversaries For a people naked without Gods protection are easily by their enemies foyled and put to shame as in Num. 14. 42. 43. 45. 2 Chron. 12. 5. and 28. 5. 6. Vers. 26. the gate the publike place of judgement see Gen. 34. 20. Deut. 17. 5. Ruth 4. 1. 11. let him come this word supplied also by the Greeke Moses through haste and earnestnesse omitteth See the like in Gen. 13. 9. and 11. 4. and 23. 13. The Chaldee also addeth it saying They that feare the Lord let them come unto me Vers. 28. 3000 men the principall authors of this wickednesse for that many moe were guilty also of the same appeareth by verse 30. c. Vers. 29. Fill your hand that is Consecrate your selves and your service to the Lord a phrase taken from the
and all the vessels thereof the Laver and the foot thereof The tapestrie-hangings of the Court the pillars thereof and the sockets thereof and the hanging-veile for the gate of the court the cords thereof and the pins thereof and all the vessels of the service of the Tabernacle for the Tent of the Congregation The garments of ministery to minister in the Holy place the garments of holinesse for Aaron the Priest and the garments of his sons to minister-in-the-priests-office According to all that Iehovah commanded Moses so the sonnes of Israel made all the worke And Moses saw all the worke and behold they had done it as Iehovah had commanded so had they done and Moses blessed them Annotations OF ministery whereof see Exod. 31. 10. of holinesse that is the holy garments specified in Exodus 28. V. 2. Ephod described in Exod. 28. 6. c. V. 3. beat-thinne or spread abroad wiers or threds of those plates in the blew or in the midst of w ch the Gr. translateth with the blew c. For the gold thred was twisted with the blew with every of the other colors as is noted on Exodus 28. 6. Vers. 6. Beryl see Exod. 28. 9. Ver. 8. Brestplate whereof see Exod. 28. 15. c. V. 10. Smaragd or Emeraud see Exod. 28. 17. Vers. 22. woven worke Hebrew worke of the weaver see Exod. 28. 31. c. Ver. 24. twisted or twined the Greeke addeth and bysse that is fine linnen twined See the notes on Exod. 28. 33. Vers. 27. coats whereof see Exod. 28. 40. Ver. 28. goodly ornaments this words is sometime used for the Bonnets themselves as in Ezek. 44. 18. Vers. 30. crowne of holiness that is holy crowne or separation as both the Hebrew and Greeke signifieth see Exod 29. 6. and 28. 36. Vers. 32. so did they this hath respect unto the charge before given Ex. 25. 40. and for this cause the particulars have been repeated by Moses that all might see the care which he and the workmen had to make all things both for matter and forme according to the patterne and commandement given of God Such faithfulnesse also was in Christ Heb. 3. 2. and ought to be in all Christians concerning Gods heavenly ordinances in his Church whereof these things were a patterne and shadow Heb. 8. 5. 1 Tim. 6. 13. 14. and 5. 21. Vers. 33. bars or barre an in Exod. â—5 11. Vers. 37. to be set in order Hebr. lamps of ordering or of disposition which the Priest were to trim every day see the notes on Exod. 27. 21. the Greeke translateth lamps of burning Vers. 38. of sweet spices in Greeke of composition that is the compounded incense Ver. 42. all the worke or all the service which the Gr. calleth Preparation or Furniture V. 43 saw or viewed as he that was charged with the oversight of this whole work Exodus 25. 40. the worke in Gr. works blessed them that is as Gods publike minister pronounced a blessing from the Lord upon these workmen see Gen. 14. 19. Herein Moses was a figure of Christ who will blesse them that faithfully observe the Commandements of God 2 Tim. 4. 7. 8. for who so is a doer of the worke this man shall be blessed in his deed Iam. 1. 25. Hereupon the Hebr. say Worke is a great thing for Shecinah that is the Divine presence or Majestie of God in Christ dwelled not in Israel untill they had done the worke as it is written in Exod. 39. 43. AND MOSES SAVV ALL THE VVORKE c. AND MOSES BLESSED THEM And how did heè blesse them Hee said unto them The Lord vouchsafe that the Divine-presence Shecinah may dwell in the worke of your hands And so it came to passe as it is said in Exod. 40. 34. And the cloud covered the Tent. c. and the glory of the Lord filled the Tabernacle R. Elias in Reshith chocmah fol 420. a. CHAP. XL. 1 The Lord commandeth the Tabernacle to be reared 4 and things to be set in order therein 8 and the Court to be set about it 9 The Tabernacle and all the vessells thereof the Altar and Laver to bee anointed with oile 12 Aaron and his sons to be washed cloathed anointed sanctified 16 Moses obeyeth and reareth up the Tabernacle 21 carieth in the Arke 22 placeth the Table 24 and the Candlesticke 26 and the golden Altar 29 and the brazen Altar 30 and the Laver 33 and reare 〈…〉 up the Court 34. A cloud covereth the Tabernacle and Gods glory filleth it 38. The cloud was on the Tabernacle by day and fire by night continually ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses saying In the day of the first moneth in the first of the moneth thou shalt reare-up the Tabernacle the Tent of the Congregation And thou shalt put there the Arke of the Testimony and cover the Arke with the veile And thou shalt bring in the Table and set-in-order the order therof and thou shalt bring-in the Candlesticke cause to ascend the lamps therof And thou shalt set the Altar of gold for the incense before the Arke of the testimony and put the hanging-veile of the doore to the Tabernacle And thou shalt set the altar of the burnt-offring before the doore of the Tabernacle of the Tent of the Congregation And thou shalt set the Laver between the Tent of the Congregation and the altar and shalt put water there And thou shalt set the Court round-about and put the hanging-veile at the gate of the Court. And thou shalt take the oile of anointing and anoint the Tabernacle and all that is therein and shalt sanctifie it and all the vessels therof and it shall be holy And thou shalt anoynt the Altar of the burnt-offring and all the vessels thereof and shalt sanctifie the Altar and the Altar shall bee Holy of holies And thou shalt anoynt the Laver and the foot thereof and sanctifie it And thou shalt bring-neere Aaron his sons unto the doore of the Tent of the congregation wash them with water And thou shalt cloth AaroÌ„ with the garmeÌ„ts of holinesse and shalt anoint him and sanctifie him he shall minister-in-the-priests-office unto me And thou shalt bring-neere his sons and clothe them with coats And thou shalt anoint them as thou didst anoint their father and they shall minister-in-the-priests-office unto me and their anoynting shall bee to bee unto them for an eternall priesthood throughout their generations And Moses did according to all that Iehovah commanded him so did he And it was in the first moneth in the second yeere in the first day of the moneth the Tabernacle was reared up And Moses reared-up the Tabernacle and set the sockets thereof and set-up the boards thereof and put-in the bars thereof and reared-up the pillars thereof And hee spread abroad the Tent over the Tabernacle and put the covering of the Tent upon it above as Iehovah commanded Moses And he tooke and put the Testimony into the Arke and set
it be of the cleane holy thing or of the uncleane holy thing doing it presumptuously hee is guilty of cutting off Lev. 7. 20. and if he eate ignorantly be must bring the sacrifice appointed in Levit 5. 2. 11. Maimony in Pesulei hamukdashin cha 18. s. 13. of peace-offrings and so by proportion of other sacrifices for the same law is for other holy things of the altar saith Maimony ibidem The flesh of these sacrifices being a figure of the flesh of Christ to bee eaten of the saints by faith this law signified that all unbeleevers hypocrites and wicked ones that professe the Gospell and partake of the signes and seales of grace unworthily doe eate and drinke judgment to themselves 1 Cor. 11. â—7 28. â—9 Vers. 23. fâ—â— of oxe This explaineth and limiteth the law before given in Levit. 3. 17. to the fat of these three kindes of beasts see the annotations there V. 24. of a karkasse to weet that which dieth of it selfe or otherwise after an unlawfull manner To â—ate the flesh of carkasses or of things that were 〈◊〉 was unlawfull Exod. 22. 31. Levit. 17. 15. and 22. 8. Deut. 14. 21. Ezek. 4. 14. and 44. 31. to eat fat of such was a double trespasse Hee that 〈◊〉 the fat of a dead or torn â—east is guilty both for 〈◊〉 the fat for eating the dead or torn beast c. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 2. treat of Forbidden meats c. 7. s. 2. Ver. 25 shall be cut off the Greek translateth shall perish to weet if he doe it with a high hand He that 〈◊〉 so much as an olive of fat presumptuously is in danger to be cut-off if he doe it ignorantly hee is to 〈◊〉 the Sinne-offring appointed Maim treat of For 〈…〉 meats ch 7. s. 1. So for the next case of eating blood vers 27. V. 26. or of beast This also is a limitation wherupon the Iewes hold no prohibition of the blood of fishes locusts creeping things and the like see the notes on Lev. 3. 17. and 17. 10. 14. and Gen. 9. 4. So Sol. larchi here noteth of fowle or of beast to except the blood of fishes locusts c Vers. 29. his oblation in Gr his gift meaning those things which were given out of the Peace-offerings to the Lord and to the Priest Ver. 30. His hands he might not doe it by another person but the Priest put the parts-of the sacrifices into the owners hands and received them of him See the notes on Lev. 3. 5 and 7. 12. fat with the breast of which the fat was the Lords burnt on the altar the breast was the Priests to eate verse 31. wave it The manner of doing this and the signification of it see in Lev. 3. 5. and Exod. 29. 24. It figured the giving of our breast that is of the heart and affections unto Châ—ist in newnesse of life in the fellowship of his afflictions Prov. 23. 26. 1 Chron. 28. 9. Rom. 6. 3. 4. 5. 6. Phil. 3. 10. Ver. 32. Heave-offring in Greek and Chaldee a separation or separated thing because it was separated from the rest of the body heaved up towards heaven and after given to the Lords Priest It signified an acknowledgement that all good things came downe from God and an indeavour that all the wayes of his people should tend upward unto God that so their conversation might be heavenly Iam. 1. 17. Phil. 3. 20. Prov. 15. 24. Verse 34. statute for ever or an eternall ordinance to continue so long as the law of sacrificing should continue that is till Christs comming and after that the equitie of it to remaine still for as they which wayted at the Altar were partakers with the Altar even so hath the Lord ordained that they which preach the gospell should live of the gospell 1 Cor. 9 13. 14. Verse 35. the anointing that is the portion or reward of the Anointing meaning of the anointed Priests For that hee speaketh of their portion the words before and after manifest and in verse 36. it is that which Iehovah commanded to give unto them And Anointing is figuratively put for the Priest anointed as Oyle is used for Christ which had the oyle of grace without measure on him Esay 10. 27. So dreames are put for dreamers Ierem. 27. 9. Spirits for spirituall gifts 1 Cor. 14. 12 thanksgivings for companies of thanksgivers Nehem. 12. 31. Circumcision for persons circumcised Rom. 2. 26. and many the like In like manner divination is used for the rewards of divination sent unto Balaam Numbers 22. 7. iniquitie for the punishment or desert of iniquitie Levit. 7. 18. Iob 11. 6. So Chazkum here expoundeth the anointing to bee the reward of their anointing presented or offred them and here in the day meaneth from that day forward for ever as appeareth by vers 36. Vers. 37. fillings of the hand that is as the Greeke explaineth it Perfection or Consecration when the hand was filled with parts of the sacrifices see Exodus 29. 9. c. in the annotations That sacrifice is here reckoned among the rest because it was commanded at mount Sinai Exodus 29. and iâ— after to be shewed in practice Leviticus 8. Vers. 38. in the wildernesse of Sinai named of Sinai the mountaine in Arabia where the Law was given which is Agar gendering to bond age Gal. 4. 24. 25. Before they came thither they offred no sacrifice there God gave them these lawes described from the beginning of Leviticus hitherto as shadowes of good things to come Hebr 10. 〈◊〉 â—ll the Lambe Christ on mount Sion should by the sacrifice of himselfe when he made his soule a Trespasse offring Esay 53. 10. cause the Sacrifice and Oblation to cease Dan. 9. 27. who hath by one offring perfected for ever them that are sanctified Heb. 10. 14. so that now among the Gentiles in every place incense is offred unto the name of God and a pure Meat-offring Mal. 1. 11. By him therefore let us offer the sacrifice of praise to God continually Hebr. 13. 15. CHAP. VIII 1. Moses consecrateth Aaron and his sonnes to the Priests office 14 Their Sinne-offring 18 Their Burnt-offring 22 The ram of the filling of the hands 31 The place and time of their consecration ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Take Aaron and his sons with him and the garments and the anointing oile and a Bullocke for a Sinne offring and two rammes and a basket of unlevened cakes And gather thou together all the congregation unto the doore of the Tent of the congregation And Moses did as Iehovah commanded him and the congregation was gathered together unto the doore of the Tent of the congregation And Moses said unto the congregation This is the thing which Iehovah commanded to be done And Moses brought-neere Aaron and his sons and washed them with water And he put upon him the Coat and girded him with the girdle and clothed him with the Robe and put the Ephod upon him and girded him with the
curious girdle of the Ephod and fitly-girded him therewith And he put the Breast-plate upon him and he put in the Breastplate the Vrim and Thummim And he put the Miter upon his head and hee put upon the Miter even upon his forefront the plate of gold the crowne of holinesse as Iehovah commanded Moses And Moses took the anointing oile and anointed the Tabernacle and all that was therein and sanctified them And he sprinkled there of upon the altar seven times and anointed the altar and all the vessels thereof and the laver and the foot thereof to sanctifie them And he poured of the anointing oile upon Aarons head and anointed him to sanctifie him And Moses brought-neere Aarons sons and clothed them with costs and girded them with girdles and bound bonnets upon them as Iehovah commanded Moses And hee brought nigh the bullocke for the Sinne offring and Aaron and his sons layed their hands upon the head of the bullocke for the Sin offring And he killed it and Moses tooke the blood and put it upon the horns of the altar round about with his finger and purified the altar and the blood he poured at the bottome of the altar and sanctified it to make-atonement upon it And he tooke all the fat that was upon the inwards and the caule of the liver and the two kidneyes and their fat and Moses burned them upon the altar And the bullocke and his skin and his flesh and his dung he burnt with fire without the campe as Iehovah commanded Moses And hee brought-neer the ram for the Burnt-offring and Aaron and his sons laid their handsupoÌ„ the head of the ram And hee killed it and Moses sprinkled the blood upon the altar round about And hee cut the ram into his peeces and Moses burnt the head and the peeces and the fat And hee washed the inwards and the legs in water Moses burnt all the ram upon the altar it was a Burnt-offring for a savour of rest it was a Fire offring unto Iehovah as Iehovah commanded Moses And he brought-neere the second ram the ram of the Fillings of the hand and Aaron and his sonnes laid their hands upon the head of the ramme And he killed it and Moses tooke of the blood of it and put it upon the tip of Aarons right eare and upon the thumbe of his right hand and upon the great-toe of his right foot And he brought-neere Aarons sonnes and Moses put of the blood upon the tip of their right eare and upon the thumbe of their right hand and upon the great-toe of their right foot and Moses sprinkled the blood upon the altar round-about And he tooke the fat and the rumpe and all the fat that was upon the inwards and the caule of the liver and the two kidneys and their fat and the right shoulder And out of the basket of unlevened cakes that was before Iehovah he tooke one unlevened cake and one cake of oiled bread and one wafer and put them on the fats and on the right shoulder And hee put all on the palmes-of-the-hands of Aaron and on the palmes-of-the-hands of his sonnes and waved them for a Wave offring before Iehovah And Moses tooke them from off the palmes-of their hands and burnt them on the altar upon the Burnt-offring they were the Fillings of the hand for a favour of rest it was a â—â—re offring unto Iehvah And Moses tooke the brest and waved it for a Wave-offring before Iehovah of the ram of the Fillings of the hand it was Moses part as Iehovah commanded Moses And Moses took of the anoynting oile and of the blood which was upon the altar and sprinkled it upon Aaron upon his garments and upon his sonnes and upon his sonnes garments with him sanctified Aaron his garments and his sonnes and his sons garments with him And Moses said unto Aaron and to his sonnes Boyle the flesh at the doore of the Tent of the congregation and there eat it and the bread which is in the basket of the Fillings of the hand as I commanded saying Aaron and his sonnes shall eat it And the remainder of the flesh and of the bread ye shall burne with fire And ye shall not goe-out of the doore of the Tent of the congregation seven daies untill the day of fulfilling the dayes of your Filling of the hand for seven daies shall he fill your hand As he hath done in this day Iehovah hath commanded to doe to make-atonement for you And ye shall abide at the doore of the Tent of the congregation day and night seven dayes and shall keepe the charge of Iehovah that ye dye not for so I am commanded And Aaron and his sonnes did all the things which Iehovah commanded by the hand of Moses Annotations AAron who was before designed unto the Priests office Exod. 28. 1. Hitherto God hath given lewes for holy things now for holy persons 〈◊〉 ministers and others unto chap. 15. gar 〈…〉 the holy garments which were prescribed 〈◊〉 〈…〉 d. 28. 2. c. and made in Exod. 39. 1. c. So 〈◊〉 Thargum Ionathan it is explained the gar 〈…〉 which I commanded thee oile whereof see 〈◊〉 30. 23. c. a bullocke or bull as the 〈◊〉 explaineth it The Hebrew Par here and alwaies in the sacrifices meaneth a bull of the second yeere at the least Maimony treat of offring sacrif chap. 1. Sect. 24. for a sin offring Hebr. of sin which the Greeke translateth for sinne This and the other sacrifices were to sanctifie them unto the Priests office see Exod. 29. 1. 2. c. two rammes the one for a Burnt offring verse 18. the other for Consecration of the Priests or Filling their hand verse 22. These also were to bee above a yeere old for all tammes for sacrifice were to be of the second yeere as Lambs were of the first yeere Maimony ibidem Vers. 3. of the congregation in Greeke of testimony see Levit. 1. 1. Thus the presence of God and of the Church is here at the consecration of the Priests And by the doore of the Tent is meant the Courtyard of the same which was before the doore and all the Court was so called as Sol. Iâ—â—chi noteth on Exod. 29. Vers. 5. the thing Hebr. the word of this commandement see Exod. 29. 4. Vers. 6. water to wash away uncleannesse a signe of their sanctification from sinne by repentance and faith through the spirit of our Lord Iesus Christ who came by water and blood 1 Ioh. 5. 6. Ezek. 36. 25. Heb. 10. 22. Esay 1. 16. See the notes on Exodus 29. 4. Vers. 7. put Hebr. gave The putting off of his owne clothes signified the taking away of his iniquitie Zach. 3. 4. and these other garments signified the gifts of justice and salvation Psal. 132. 9. 16. See the particulars observed on Exod. 29. 5. c. the Coat the linnen coat which was next his skin save onely the linnen breeches under it upon
wash all the haire of his head for by sentence of the law it is as his body and any uncleane that are baptised in their clothes it will serve the turne because the water passeth through them and they part it not from the body and so the menstruous woman that is baptised in her clothes it is lawfull for her to company with her husbaÌ„d If there be any thing that part betweene the body or vessell and the water as if clay or any like thing cleave to the flesh of man or to a vessell it is uncleane still as it was and the baptising profiteth them nothing Maimony in Mikvaoth ch 1. s. 2. 7. 12. This rinsing and washing of the hands in water figured the cleansing of the body and spirit from all filthinesse 2 Cor. 7. 1. Heb. 10. 22. So the Apostle saith Clense your hands ye sinners and purifie your hearts yee double minded Iam. 4. 8. Vers. 12. of earth or of potters earth such as potbakers burne in the kill see the notes on Lev. 11. 33. All vessells that are uncleane are made cleane by water save vessels of potters-earth and vessells of glasse such have no cleannesse but breaking Maim in Mikvaoth ch 1. s. 3. Earthen vessells somtime signify reprobate persons Psal. 2. 9. Ier. 19. 11. so the breaking of these might figure the destruction of ungodly men the rinsing and scouring of other vessels signifying the purging of repentant beleeving sinners by the blood of Christ and waters of his word and spirit Or if it be applied generally as all men are earthen vessells it figured the utter abolishing of sin uncleannes by death as is shewed on Lev. 11. 33. of wood or of other strong matter as of silver braâ—â—e copper and the like About tho washing of vessells the Iewes have these rules that nothing must part the vessell or any part of it and the water as pitch clay or the like that cleaveth to the vessell that if a vessell bee turned the mouth downward and baptised it is as if it were not baptised because the water so comes not to all parts of it Likewise a vessell full of any liquor except water and baptised it is as if it were not baptised Maimony in Mikvaoth c. 3. s. 1. 12. 18. Vnto the ordinances of the Lord for washing men and vessels that were uncleane the Pharisees after added traditions of their owne washing when they were not uncleane for except they washed their hands oft they did not cate and when they came from the market except they were baptised they did not eate and many other things they had received to hold the baptising of cups and of pots and of brazen vessells and of beds For these Christ blamed them that they layd aside the commandement of God and held the tradition of men Mark 7. 4. 8. yea so farre proceeded they in their superstition that they said whosoever eateth without washing of his hands he is as one that lyeth with a harlot abusing for this that scripture in Prov. 6. 28. as R. Menachem on Deut. 8. alledged from the Talmud in Sotah Vers. 13. shall be cleansed that is healed but the meanes of healing are not declared save that by the rites and sacrifices following God would teach theÌ„ that his grace in Christ maketh them whol by the Prophet he saith I will save you from all your uncleannesses Ezek. 36. 29. and from all your filthines and from all your idols will I clense you Ezek. 36. 25. which cleansing is shewed to be by pardoning iniquities Ier. 33. 8. and by creating a cleane heart in sinners Psal. 51. 12. so that they come unto Christ in faith as the woman that had an issue of blood and had spent all her living on Physicians but could not be healed of any when she touched the border of Christs garment her issue stanched and Christ said unto her Thy faith hath made thee whole Luke 8. 43. 44. 48. seven daies for his cleansing to try whether he be perfectly cured and cleane and to lead him in mystery unto the day of Christ and Sabbath or rest from sin under him for so the number seven signified as is noted on Exodus 12. 15. Levit. 4. 7. And from hence the Hebrewes gather he must count seven cleane daies and be baptised in the seventh and bring his offring in the eight If he see any appearance of his issue though it be at the end of the seventh day after he is baptised all that he hath done is nothing but he must begin againe to reckon seven cleane dayes after the day of the last appearance of his issue Maimony in Mechosrei capporah ch 3. sect 1. bathe or wash his flesh which the Greek translateth wash his bodie See vers 5. living water that is as the Chaldee expoundeth it spring or fountaine water whereof see the notes on Levit. 14. 5. The Hebrewes explaine this law thus The man that hath an issue is not elensed but in a fountaine for loe it is said of him In living water but the woman that hath an issue and other uncleane either men or vessells are baptised though in a gathering of waters Maimony in Mikvaoth c. 1. s. 5. The Pond or gathering of water called in Hebrew Mikveh whereof see Levit. 11. 36. was requisite for the cleansing of other uncleane persons that needed baptising All uncleane either men or vessells c. were not cleansed but by baptising in waters gathered-together upon the ground By the law they might baptise in all waters gathered together into one place so many as would suffice to baptise the whole body of a man The quantitie their wise men determined to bee fortie Seahs of water the Seah was more then our English pecke as is noted on Gen. 18. 6. Such a pond or bath they say became unlawfull to wash in by change of the colour of the water onely not by change of tast or change of smell Running waters that flow from a spring are as the spring it selfe for any matter Standing water is not allowable for men that have the issue nor for the Lepers nor for the water of purification Numb â—9 17. These things and sundry the like Maimony hath recorded in Mikvaoth ch 1. s. 1. and c. 4. s. 1. and c. 7. s. 1. and ch 19. s. 13. Among the Latines spring and running waters were called also living as Attrectare nefas donec me flumine vivo Abluero Virgil Aeneid 2. This living water figured the blood spirit of Christ for he hath washed us froÌ„ our sins in his owne blood Rev. 1. 5. from his throne proceedeth a pure river of water of life into his Church Rev. 22. 1. his mouth and Law is a will of water of life Prov. 10. 11. and 13. 14. Iohn 4. 10. and the Spirit which they that beleeve in him doe receive is as rivers of living water Iohn 7. 38. 39. These cleane waters when God sprinkleth upon sinners they shall be cleane
that they dye not or and let them not dye in their uncleannesse that is as Chazkuni expoundeth it 〈◊〉 their uncleannesse meaning both these figurative pollutions of issues lepries and the like as also their sinnes especially idolatry and corruptions of religion for which the Prophets often reproved the people under this name of pollution or uncleannesse and making the Lords Sanctuarie uncleane as Ierm 2. 23. and 7. 30. Ezek. 5. 11. and 14. 11. and 22. 3. 4. and 37. 23. CHAP. XVI 1 Moses is taught how to direct the high Priest for to doe his service on Atonement day 3 with what sacrifices he must come into the Holy-place 4 and with what garments 6 The bullocke for the Sin of the Priest himselfe 7 The two goats for the people on which lots were cast for the one to be killed and the other sent away 11 The killing of the high Priests bullocke 12. The burning of incense in the most holy 15 The killing of the goat for the people sprinkling of his blood 16 The clensing of the most holy place 18 and of the holy 20 The sending away of the scape-goat 29 The yeerly â—ast on expiation day the tenth of the seventh moneth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses after the death of the two sons of Aaron when they offred before Iehovah and dyed And Iehovah said unto Moses Speake unto Aaron thy brother that he come not at all time into the Holy place within the veile before the Covering-mercie-seat which is upon the arke that hee dye not for in the cloud I will appear upon the Covering-mercie-seat With this shall Aaron come into the holy place with a bullock a yongling of the herd for a sin offring and a ram for a Burnt-offring He shall put-on an holy linnen Coat linnen Breeches shall be upon his flesh and with a linnen Girdle shall he be girded and with a linnen Miter shall he be attired they are garments of holines and he shall wash his flesh in water and put them-on And hee shall take of the Congregation of the sons of Israel two goat-bucks of the goats for a Sinne offring and one ram for a Burnt-offring And Aaron shall offer the bullocke of the Sinne offring which is for himselfe and shall make-atonement for himselfe and for his house And he shall take the two goat-bucks and present them before Iehovah at the doore of the Tent of the congregation And Aaron shall give lots upon the two goat-bucks one lot for Iehovah and one lot for the scape-goat And Aaron shall bring neer the goat-buck that upon which the lot for Iehovah did ascend and he shall make him a Sin offring But the goat-bucke that upon which the lot for the Scape-goat did ascend shalâ— bee presented alive before Iehovah to make-atonement with him to send away him for a Scape-goat into the Wildernesse And Aaron shall bring-neere the bullock of the Sinne offring which is for himselfe and shall make atonement for himselfe and for his house and shall kill the bullocke of the sin-offring which is for himselfe And hee shall take a censer full of coales of fire from off the altar before Iehovah and his hands full of incense of sweet spices beaten-small and he shall bring it within the veil And he shall put the incense upon the fire before Iehovah that the cloud of the incense may cover the Covering-mercie-seat which is upon the testimonie that he dye not And he shall take of the blood of the bullock and shall sprinkle with his finger upon the Covering-mercie-seat eastward and before the Covering-mercie-seat hee shall sprinkle of the blood with his finger seven times And he shall kill the goat-buck of the Sinne-offring which is for the people and bring his blood within the veile and shall doe with his blood as hee did with the blood of the bullock and sprinkle it upon the Covering-mercie-seat and before the Covering-mercie-seat And he shall make-atonement for the Holy place because of the uncleannesses of the sonnes of Israel and because of their trespasses and aâ—l their sinnes and so shall he do for the tent of the congregation that dwelleth with them in the middest of their uncleaÌ„nesses And there shal not be any man in the Tent of the congregation when he goeth in to make-atonement in the Holy place untill he come-out and he have made atonement for himselfe and for his house and for all the Church of Israel And hee shall goe-out unto the Altar which is before Iehovah and make-atonement for it and shall take of the blood of the bullocke and of the blood of the goat-bucke and put it upon the hornes of the altar round-about And he shall sprinkle of the blood upon it with his finger seven times and shall clense it and sanctifie it from the uncleannesses of the sonnes of Israel And hee shall make an end of making-atonement for the Holy place and the Tent of the Congregation and the Altar and hee shall bring neere the goat bucke that is alive And Aaron shall impose both his hands upoÌ„ the head of the live goatbuck and shal confesse over him all the iniquities of the sons of Israel and all their trespasses and all their sinnes and shall put them upon the head of the goat-bucke and shall send him away by the hand of a fit man into the wildernesse And the goat-bucke shall beare upon him all their iniquities unto a land of separation and he shal send away the goat-bucke into the wildernesse And Aaron shall come into the Tent of the congregation and shall put off the linnen garmeÌ„ts which he did put on when he went into the Holy place and shall leave them there And he shall wash his flesh with water in the holy place and shall put-on his garments and he shall come forth and shall make his burnt offring and the burnt-offring of the people and make-atonement for himselfe and for the people And the fat of the Sin offring he shall burne upon the altar And hee that sent away the goat-bucke for the Scape-goat shall wash his clothes and bathe his flesh in water and afterward he shall come into the campe And the bullocke for the Sin offring and the goat-bucke for the Sin-offring whose blood was brought in to make-atonement in the Holy place hee shall carie-forth without the campe and they shall burne in fire their skins and their flesh and their dung And he that burneth them shall wash his clothes and bathe his flesh in water and afterward hee shall come into the campe And this shall bee to you a statute for ever in the seventh moneth in the tenth day of the moneth yee shall afflict your soules and shall not doe any worke the home-borne or the stranger that sojourneth among you For in this day hee shall make-atonement for you to clense you from all your sinnes before Iehovah shal ye be clensed A sabbath of sabbathisme shall it be unto
And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Speake unto Aaron and unto his sonnes and unto all the sons of Israel say unto them Any man of the house of Israel or of the stranger in Israel that will offer his oblation according to all their vowes and to all their voluntarie offrings which they will offer unto Iehovah for a burnt-offring For your favourable-acceptation a perfect male of the beeves of the sheepe or of the goats Any which hath a blemish in it yee shall not offer for it shall not bee to savourable-acceptation for you And the man that will offer a sacrifice of Peace-offerings unto Iehovah to separate a vow or for a voluntarie offring of the herd or of the flock it shall be perfect for favourable-acceptation there shall not be in it any blemish Blinde or broken or maymed or having wenne or scurffe or scabbe ye shall not offer these unto Iehovah nor give of them a Fire-offring upon the Altar unto Iehovah And bull or lambe that hath any member superfluous or lacking thou mayest make it a volâ—â—tary offring but for a vow it shall not bee favourably-accepted And that which is bruised or crushed or broken or cut yee shall not offer unto Iehovah and in your land ye shall not doe it And from the hand of a strangers sonne yee shall not offer the bread of your God of any of these because their corruption is in them a blemish is in them they shall not be favourably-accepted for you And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying A bull or a sheep or a goat when it shall bee brought forth then it shall bee seven dayes under his damme and from the eight day and thence forth it shall bee favourably-accepted for an oblation of a Fire offring unto Iehovah And cow or sheepe it and the yong thereof yee shall not kill in one day And when ye will sacrifice a sacrifice of confession unto Iehovah ye shall sacrifice for your favourable acceptation In that day shal it be eaten yee shall not leave thereof untill the morning I am Iehovah And yee shall keepe my commandements and doe them I am Iehovah And ye shall not prophane the name of my holinesse and I will be sanctified among the sons of Israel I Iehovah doe sanctifie you That brought you out from the land of Egypt to be unto you for a God I am Iehovah Annotations LEt them be separated in Greeke Let them take heed of the holy things meaning that they defile them not So that as the former chapter shewed the purity and perfection that should bee in the persons that drew neere unto the Lord this teacheth what puritie and perfection ought to bee in the things offred or to be offred unto him The Hebrew Nazar here used signifieth a religious separ 〈…〉 n in respect of holinesse as is noted on Lev. 15. 31. of my holinesse translated in Greeke my holy name which is profaned when the holy things in the sanctuarie are defiled being offred or eaten by persons uncleane and forbidden of God See after in vers 15. 32. the things this addition is supplyed also in the Greeke Whatsoever things they sanctifie unto me And this is added as Sol. Iarchi here saith to imply also the holy things of the Priests themselves Vers. 3. your generations either now or at any time hereafter shall come nigh namely to eate as is expressed in ver 4. So Iarchi saith This com 〈…〉 g â—igh is not meant but of eating your seed that is your children so in vers 4. holy things Hebrew holinesses meaning things of holinesse and particularly holy meats which though the blemished priests might eate of Lev. 21. 22. yet the uncleane might not Lev. 7. 20. 21. See the notes on Lev. 7. 10. And by the holy things are meant not only the Sacrifices but first fruits and all the heave-offrings of the holy-things which the sons of Israel offred unto the Lord Numb 18. 8. 9. 19. as it is there sayd every one that is cleane in thy house shall eate of it Numb 18. 13. See after on vers 9. uncleannesse upon him before hee is washed from the same see the annotations on Lev. 7. 20. cut off from my presence in Greeke destroyed from me in Chaldee destroyed from before me It meaneth death by the hand of God as v. 9. Vers. 4. Any man Hebrew Man man that is Whosoever Targum Ionathan saith yong man or old man And this concerneth women also the daughters of Aaron who were to eate of some of the holy things but so as they were cleane when they did eate Numb 18. 19. 11. See after in vers 11. 12. leprous whereof see Levit. 13. an issue whereof see Lev. 15. 2. c. by a soule the Greeke translateth any uncleannesse of a soule wherby the dead is meant as Lev. 19. 28. and 21. 1. and what uncleannes that was see in Numb 19. 11. 14. seed of copulation or effusion of seed whereof see Lev. 15. 16. Vers. 5. creeping thing which when it is dead defileth him that toucheth it Lev. 11. 31. c. made uncleane so much as would make a man uncleane and that was of creeping things the quantitie of a lentile or little pease as Iarchi here no teth See Lev. 11. 31. a man to weet an uncleane man as a Leper he that hath an issue or the like by touching of whom men were made uncleane Lev. 13. 45. and 15. 5. c. Or a dead man and thereto Sol. Iarchi here referreth it and of a dead man so much as an olive would defile Vers. 6. The soule that is the man as the Chaldee expounds it and Targum Ionathan addeth the man a priest untill the evening untill the end of that day and beginning of a new See the notes on Lev. 11. 24. 32. bathe or wash his flesh that is his body as the Gr. translateth see Lev. 15. 5. 13. It figured repentance for sins as I baptise you with water unto repentance Mat. 3. 11. sanctification by the blood and spirit of Christ as ye are washed ye are sanctified ye are justified in the name of the Lord Iesus and by the Spirit of our God 1 Cor. 6. 11. And this sanctimony though common to the whole Church Lev. 11. did specially pertaine to the priests and ministers whom Christ who is likened to a refiners fire and to fullers sope should purifie by his grace as it is said He shall purifie the sonnes of Levi and purge them as gold and silver that they may offer unto the Lord an offring in righteousnesse Malac. 3. 2. 3. Vers. 7. and afterward in Greeke and then he shall or may eat to weet when his sunne is gone downe before then though he were washed hee might not eate See the notes on Lev. 11. 32. his bread his food allowed him of God for his livelihood Numb 18. 11. 19. Whosoever eateth of the heave-offrings blesseth with a blessing for the food and after that hee blesseth him
according to the like phrase in Zach. 11. 8. their soule loathed the way both for the longsomnesse of it and for the many wants and troubles that they found therein as in vers 5. So the Greeke interpreteth it for the way and Iarchi in like manner saying Because it was hard unto them they said we were now neere to enter into the land and we turne backward so our fathers turned and lingred 39. yeares unto this day therefore their soule was shortned for the afflictions of the way This way into the land of promise figured the way into the kingdome of God thorow the wildernesse of this world the wildernesse of peoples as in Ezek. 20. 35. into which kingdome wee cannot enter but through much tribulation Act. 14. 22. because the gate is strait and the way is narrow that leadeth unto life Matth. 7. 14. and we are to go thorow fire and thorow water Psalm 66. 12. The discouragement of this people sheweth humane frailty and infirmitie through want of faith and patience for as they erred in heart and knew not the Lords waies Psal. 95. 10. so many when tribulation or persecution ariseth because of the Word by and by they are offended Matth. 13. 21. Vers. 5. spake against God The Chaldee expoundeth it murmured before the Lord and contended with Moses and so in vers 7. This was their wonted carriage in their tentations see Exod. 14. 11. and 15. 24. and 16. 2 3. and 17. 2 3. Num. 11. 1 4 5. 16. 13 14. and 20. 3 4 5. By God here is meant Christ the Angell of Gods face or presence in whom his name was Exod. 23. 20 21. Esay 63. 9. as the Apostle openeth this place saying Neither let us tempt Christ as some of them also tempted and were destroyed of serpents 1 Cor. 10. 9. this light bread meaning Manna as the Chaldee explaineth it this Manna the light meat in Greeke this vaine or empty bread So they call it either because it was light of digestion that they felt it not in their hot stomackes or in contempt counting it base and vile in comparison with other meats See Numb 11. 5 6 8. This Manna being rained upon them from heaven Psal. 78. 23 24. was both corporall and spirituall food unto them a figure of the hidden Manna which Christ seedeth his people with unto life eternall Rev. 2. 17. Ioh. 6. 48 49 50 51. So the contempt thereof was the contempt of Christ and his grace and into this sin doe all they fall that loath and leave Christ and has Gospell for the momentany pleasures of this life the enemies of the crosse of Christ whose end is destruction whose God is their belly and whose glory is in their shame who minde earthly things Philip. 3. 18 19. Vers. 6. fiery serpents or burning serpents as the Chaldee translateth the Greeke in this place calleth them deadly or killing serpents In the Hebrew they are named Seraphim that is Burners because when they bite a man he burneth with extreme heat and thirst it may be also in respect of their colour for some serpents are of a fiery colour Nicander in Theriacis Of the Hebrew Saraph the Greekes by changing the order of letters have borrowed the name Prester which is a kinde of venemous serpent called also Dipsas and Causon of which it is reported that who so is stung therewith he hath such a vehement thirst that he cannot be satisfied but is tormented with it centinually and though he drinke never so largely yet is he presently as thirsty as before And againe that the bitings of these serpents were left of the most ancient Physicians as altogether incurable Dioscorid lib. 6. cap. 38. 40. They are said to be like unto Vipers but their biting more hurtfull for the heart of a man is inflamed with their biting and his lips are parched and drie with thirst as Nicander writeth of them Sol. Iarchi saith they are called Seraphim burners because they burned men with the venim of their teeth The Prophet Esay mentioneth the flying fiery serpent in Esay 14. 29. and 30. 6. whereby it seemeth to be a kinde of serpent with wings With these and other serpents the wildernesse thorow which they went did abound as Moses sheweth in Deut. 8. 15. but God who guided them thorow it kept them from hurting his people till now for their sinne hee gave them power to bite and kill them as he saith otherwhere I will command the serpent and he shall bite them Amos 9. 3. Here also there was a remembrance of the first sinne that came into mankinde by the serpent and the death that followed thereupon Gen. 3. for as the venim of serpents killeth the bodie so the venim of Satan which is sinne killeth both body and soule and as the Serpent biting any one part the venim and contagion spreadeth over all the bodie and killeth the whole man so the poyson of sinne which entred by one man hath infected and killed all the lump of mankind Rom. 5. 15. 18. died The judgements of God are both inevitable and incurable of man Ier. 8. 17. Amas 5. 19 20. and 9. 1 2 3. Deut. 28. 27. And as no salve or medicine could heale the bodies of those that were bitten so can no work of man cure the biting of that old Serpent or sting of sinne but the venome thereof rageth and reigneth tormenting the conscience vnto death Rom. 5. 12 14 21. and 3. 20. Vers. 7. We have sinned The afflictions which God layeth upon his people are a meane through his grace to bring them to the sight and acknowledgement of their sinnes and seeking unto him as it is said When he slew them then they sought him and they returned and enquired early after God Psal. 78. 34. Yea the wicked are often forced hereby to confesse and seeke helpe of God as did Pharaoh Exod. 9. 27 28. that he take away or and let him take away the serpents in Hebr. the serpent put for the multitude of them as in Exod. 8. 6. the frog is for frogs and in Exod. 8. 17. the louse for liâ—e and many the like They desire the removing of the punishment after repentance and confession of sinne without which plagues are not only continued but increased Levit. 26. 21 23 24 28. Howbeit God did not presently take away the serpents but gave a remedy for such as were bitten vers 8. 9. Moses prayed As at other times so still hee sheweth himselfe an example of mecknesse unmindfulnesse of injuries and readinesse to forgive the wrongs done unto him Thus Samuel also did in like case and said Far be it that I should sinne against the Lord in ceasing to pray for you but I will teach you the good the right way 1 Sam. 12. 19 23. Vers. 8. Make thee a fiery serpent or a burning serpent Hebr. Saraph which the Greeke translateth a serpent hereby is meant a serpent of brasse vers 9. a similitude of
is passed from death unto life Ioh. 5. 24. For the wages of sinne is death but the gift of God is eternall life through Iesus Christ our Lod Rom. 6. 23. Vers. 10. Oboth Of these places and journeyes see Numb 33. where they are reckoned in order for here some are named and other some omitted Vers. 11. before Moab before the Moabites countrey The posteritie of Moab and Ammon the sonnes of Lot Gen. 19. 36. 38. had vanquished the Giants called Emims and Zamzummims which before dwelt in those parts and succeeded them and dwelt in their stead Deut. 2. 10 11 20 〈◊〉 Through the wildernesse along by their coasts did Israel palse but were forbidden to warre with them or with the Edomites Deut. 2. 9. 19 5. Vers. 12. The valley of Zared or the bourne of Zared or Zered which word bourne as also the Hebrew Nachal is both a valley and a river running thorow a valley and so this Zared was a river or brooke also over which Israel passed See Deut. 2. 13. Vers. 14. it is said Hebr. it shall be said The time to come noteth a continued or common saying so he speaketh as of a knowne speech the booke or the narration the rehearsall of the warres of Jehovah what booke this was is uncertaine whether some writing of Israel not now extant or some writing of the Amorites which contained songs and triumphes of their King Sihons victories out of which Moses may cite this testimony as Paul sometime doth out of heathen Poets Act. 17. 28. Tit. 1. 12. Vaheb this is thought by some to be the name of the King of Moab whom Sihon vanquished vers 26. by others to be the name of a place or citie The Greeke Interpreters mistaking * 〈…〉 Z. for †V. which in Hebrew are one like another reade it Zoob and give this sense Therefore it is said in the booke The warre of the Lord hath set on fire or burned Zoob and the brookes of Arnon The Chaldee Paraphrast whom others also follow taketh it for no proper name but expoundeth it thus The warres that the Lord did at the red Sea and the mightie workes at the brookes of Arnon in a whirle-wind o◠〈◊〉 〈◊〉 tempest understand the Lord by the 〈◊〉 of Sihon against Moab hath consumed 〈◊〉 iâ— a whirle-wind or with a tempest So warres 〈◊〉 often set forth by the similitudes of fire tempest 〈◊〉 winds and the like as I will kindle a fire 〈◊〉 thâ— wall of Rabah and it shall devoure the pa 〈…〉 thereof with shouting in the day of battell with 〈…〉 pest in the day of the whirle-wind Aâ—â—◠〈◊〉 14 and Thou shalt be visited of the Lord of hâ—sts with thunder c. with whirle-wind and teâ—pest and the flame of devouring fire Esay 29. 6. and againe The Lord will come with fire and with his chariots like a whirle-wind Esay 66. 15. So in Naâ—um 1. 3. Esay 5. 28. Ierem. 4. 13. And thus the Greeke explaineth it The war of the Lord hath set Zoob on fire Some take the Hebrew Suphah which usually signifieth whirle-wind or storme to be here the name of a place the same that is called Suph in Deut. 1. 1. which also is the name of the redsea as is noted on Exod. 10. 19. so the Chaldee interpreteth it the red sea and the brookes or the bournes of Arnon to wit the Lord hath consumed or as in vers 28. the flame hath consumed the bournes of Arnon It may also be expounded The Lord warred with Vaheb in a whirle-wind and with the brookes of Arnon Moses intendeth by this testimony to shew how the Israelites had right to this countrey for it being sometimes Moabs land with whom Israel might not meddle Deut. 2. 9. the Lord had before Israels comming â—â—â—rred up the spirit of Sihon King of the Amorites to sight against the King of Moab and to take this pâ—rt of his country from him as is after mentioned Num. 21. 28 29. Then Israel comming and being commanded of God to warre against the Amorites Deut. 2. 24. tooke it againe out of Sihons hand and so became lawfull possessour of this land by conquest This right Iephthah defended for Israel when after many yeares the Ammonites brethren 〈◊〉 〈…〉 ab required these lands to be restored again see the story in Judg. 11. 12 13. 27. For the Moaâ—â—â—eâ— and Ammonites were neighbours and Chaz 〈…〉 eth on Numb 21. 23. that as Sihon had taken the land of Moab on the South-side from Iordan 〈◊〉 the river Arnon so he had taken on the Northsid◠〈◊〉 land of the sons of Ammon unto Jabok and for thâ—◠〈◊〉 it was lawfull for Israel to possesse it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is that which our Doctors have said Moab 〈◊〉 Aâ—â—mon were purified by Sihon Vers. 15. And the streame or the shedding the 〈…〉 usion of the brookes This verse seemeth to be a continuance of the former testimony out of the 〈◊〉 of the warres of Jehovah to shew the limits 〈◊〉 â—ounds of this country which Sihon had won 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 it was distinguished from Moabs land 〈◊〉 a citie of Moab vers 28. called in Greeke Er. leaneth upon the border that is as the Greeke explaineth it lieth by or is adjoyned to the â—â—â—ders of Moab Vers. 16. From thence to Beer or to the Well â—or 〈◊〉 Beer signifieth and the Greeke translateth it front thence the Well or pit Some understand here from thence they journeyed to Beer the Chaldee Paraphrast expoundeth it from thence was given unto them the Well Of this Beer there is no mention among the journeyes of the people in Num. 33. I will give them water The Greeke addeth water to drinke The Lord who before had suffered the people to thirst and gave them water when they murmured against him Exod. 17. Numb 20. doth now of his grace give them a Well of water when they murmured not to teach them to depend upon him by faith for they that seeke the Lord shall not want any good thing Psal. 34. 10. Wherefore the people were to be assembled that all might behold the goodnesse of God and sing his praise And this water of the Well had also a like spirituall signification as the waters of the Rocke for as the Rocke was Christ 1 Cor. 10. 4. so the Well figured him who is the fountaine of the gardens the Well of living waters Song 4. 15. and the waters signified the Spirit which they that beleeve on him shall receive Iohn 7. 38 39. Esay 44. 3. of which water whosoever drinketh shall never thirst but the water that Christ shall give him shall be in him a well of water springing up into everlasting life Iohn 4. 14. This grace he promised of old to his people saying The poore and needie seeke water and there is none their tongue faileth for thirst I Iehovah will heare them I the God of Israel will not forsake them I will open rivers in high places and fountaines in the midst of the
valleyes I will make the wildernesse a poole of water and the dry land springs of water c. That they may see and know and consider and understand together that the hand of Iehovah hath done this and the Holy one of Israel hath created it Esay 41. 17 18 20. And againe A fountaine shall come forth of the house of the LORD and shall water the valley of Shittim â—oel 3. 18. Vers. 17. Then sang Israel Singing here was in them a signe of miâ—th and joy as in Iam. 5. 13. and of beleefe in God and thankfulnesse as in Psal. 106. 12. and signified the spirituall joy which the faithfull have in Christ concerning which it is prophesied With joy shall yee draw water out of the wells of salvation And in that day shall yee say Praise Iehovah call upon his name declare his doings among the people c. Esay 12. 3 4. Spring up or Ascend O Well Answer ye to it that is sing or shout ye to it or sing ye of it The word Answer here meaneth to sing one after another as when they sung at the red sea Mary answered them that is sung after the men Exod. 15. 21. and in 1 Sam. 18. 7. the women answered one another as they plaied on instruments and sung the victory So in Psal. 147. 7. Answer yee that is Sing yee to Iehovah with confession And the order of the words may be thus Answer or Song ye unto it Spring up O Well A like phrase is in Esay 27. 2. A vineyard of red wine answer ye unto her or Answer that is Sing ye unto her A vineyard of red wine For the Scripture it selfe often changeth the order of words and sentences as I will put my lawes into their minde and write them on their heart Hebr. 8. 10. or put them into their heart and write them on their mind Hebr. 10. 16. So in Esay 〈…〉 1. compared with Rom. 10. 20. and Deut. 5. 16. with Eph. 6. 2. Mat. 21. 〈◊〉 39 with Mar. 12. 8. many the like See the notes on Gen. 5. 6. By this song they celebrate the miracle and memory of the Well which God gave them and if they sung it at the first when they assembled to diggeit it shewed also their faith in the promise of God who had said he would give them water and so they speake unto the Well as Moses was bidden speake to the Rocke Numb 20. 8. that it should ascend or spring up according to the word of the Lord. This Targum Ionathan explaineth it Ascend ô Well ascend ô Well did they sing unto it and it ascended Or if they sang it after it is a memoriall and celebration of Gods goodnesse and faithfulnesse as he had spoken unto them Ascend ô Well that is Come up into our heart or memory answer or sing ye of it that it may never be forgotten And ascending or comming up is often used in this sense as in Ier. 3. 16. neither shall it ascend or come up on the heart neither shall they remember it and in Ier. 51. 50. Remember the Lord a far off let Ierusalem ascend upon your heart that is come into your mind Vers. 18. The Well the Princes digged it or O Well which the Princes digged which the Nobles of the people delved where digged and delved are two words of the same meaning as in the Hebrew Caphar and Carah The Princes and Nobles of Israel digging this Well and the memory thereof thus celebrated by the song of Israel setteth forth the glory of this gracious gift of God unto his people and figured the labours and industry of the governours of the Church to bring forth the waters of the Spirit by the preaching of the word and opening of the Scriptures 2 Chron. 17. 7 8 9. Gal. 3. 2. 1 Tim. 5. 17 18. Hebr. 13. 7 17. 1 Pet. 1. 10 11 12. So in ages following this Well was renowmed being called Beer Elim that is the Well of the Mightie ones Esay 15. 8. with the Law-giver or by the Law-giver that is together with him and by his direction as in vers 16. understanding by the Law-giver Moses as in Deut. 33. 21. or God himselfe as in Esa. 33. 22. the LORD is our Law-giver And the Law-giver in Israel was a figure of Christ Gen. 49. 10. Iam. 4. 12. The Chaldee taketh one here to be used for many and translateth it the Scribes as Ezra the Priest is called a Scribe of the words of the commandements of the Lord and of his statutes to Israel Ezr. 7. 11. with their staves a staffe or rod in the hand of governors was a signe of their power and authority from God wherefore the Scripture useth these words for such signification Numb 17. 2 3 c. Psal. 23. 4. and 110. 2. Ier. 48. 17. 1 Cor. 4. 21. So the Greeke translateth this here when they ruled over them The Hebrewes have feigned many things of this Well of the springing and running of it from place to place and of the mysteries of it concerning Israel but our Saviour is the best Expositor who hath taught us to apply the brasen Serpent fore-spoken of to himselfe and his dying for the people Iob. 3. 14. and this Well of water which was the next token of grace to Israel in the wildernesse to the waters of the Spirit which is a Well springing up to eternall life in such as beleeve in him Iohn 4. 10. 14. and 7. 37 38 39. Also the Hebrewes themselves doe thus far testifie in Midrash Koheleth on Eccles. 1. 9. As the first Redeemer Moses brought downe Manna Exod. 16. so the last Redeemer Christ shall doe Psal. 72. 16. And as the first Redeemer caused a Wâ—â— to spring up so the last Redeemer shall cause waters to spring up as it is said And a fountaine shall come forth of the house of the LORD and shall water the valley of Shittim Ioel 3. 18. to Mattanah which is by interpretation a Gift and is likely to be the name of a place as the Greeke version also confirmeth though neither it nor those that here sollow are rehearsed by these names in Numb 33. where all their journeyes are told neither is it here expressed by Moses that they journeyed to these places but such words may well be understood Chazkuni on this Scripture saith this is added to that before in vers 13. They camped on the other side of Arnon which is in the wildernesse c. and from that other side which is in the wildernesse which in Numb 33. 46. is Almon Diblathaim they came to Mattanah called in Numb 33. 47. the Mounts of Abarim before Nebo the name of a place on the North side of the river Arnon in the beginning of the land of Sihon and it is called Mattanah a Gift because there began the gift of the land unto Israel Deut. 2. 24. 31. But afterward hee sheweth another interpretation that from the wildernesse a place of drought
and Daniel was afraid and fell on his face and was in a deepe sleepe on his face toward the ground Dan. 8. 17 18. and Iohn fell at his feet as dead Rev. 1. 17. and Ezekiel fell on his face Ezek 1. 28. and 3. 23. and 43. 3. and 44. 4. Likewise when the spirit of prophesie came upon men they are said to fall or lye downe as did Saul 1 Sam. 19. 24. And in this place of Balaam the Chaldee translateth it lying downe the Greeke in a sleepe so after in vers 16. eyes uncovered or unvailed to wit to see the vision as the Chaldee saith and it was revealed unto him Vers. 5. How goodly or how good which word implieth profit pleasure beauty joy delight c. See the Notes on Gen. 1. 4. thy tents in Greek thy houses or dwellings but tents are a moveable habitation fitting the people of God in this world Hebr. 11. 9. and a warlike life Ier. 6. 3. Afterward the Church is called the tents of Iakob Mal. 2. 12 and the tents of Iudah Zach. 12. 7. And lakob their fâ—ther is noted to have dwelled in tents Gen. 25. 27. Moreover when this people were seated in Canaan their dwelling places were called their Tents 2 Chron. 10. 16. and 7. 10. So this is meant of the state of the Church not only then present but throughout all ages thy tabernacles or thy habitacles dwelling places which have their name of vicinitie or neerenesse together This therefore noteth the communion of the Church with Christ and one with another and is by Targum Ionathan expounded the Tabernacle of the congregation which is set among you and your tabernacles which are round about it O house of Israel O Israel that is O Israelites The Church is named after their father Iakob and Israel Iakob is their name in respect of their owne infirmitie whereupon it is said Feare not thou worme Iakob Esay 41. 14. and by whom shall Iakob arise for he is small Amos 7. 2. 5. but Israel is the name of their power and prevailing with God and men See the Annotations on Gen. 32. 28. Vers. 6. spred forth or stretched out implying both length and bredth and large extent of Israels habitations compared therefore to valleyes or bournes which are long large pleasant to behold and watered with rivers whereby they are fruitfull as Song 6. 11. as Gardens which are inclosed set with pleasant and wholesome plants and by rivers are made alwaies fresh greene and fruitfull Wherefore the Scripture likeneth the Church to a garden full of pleasant fruits Song 4. 12. 16. Esay 61. 11. by the river in Greeke by rivers whereby the gardens are made greene and fruitfull without which they wither Therefore when God threatneth judgement to Israel he saith ye shall be as a garden that hath no water Esay 1. â—0 and promising mercy he saith Thou shalt be like a watered garden Esay 58. 11. Hereby was signified that river of God full of water Psal. 65. 9. the river the streames whereof make glad the citie of God Psal 46. 4. even the Word and Spirit of the Lord which refresheth and comforteth his people as it is written Their soule shall be as a watered garden and they shall not sorrow any more at all Ier. 31. 12. Lign-aloes-trees or as some thinke Santalltrees in Hebrew Ahalim which hath affinity with the â—ame of Aloes derived of it The Greeke translateth it Tents but the Chaldee Spices The Ligâ— aloes is a tree growing in Arabia and India which giveth a sweet odour and is like the Thyine wood mentioned in Revel 18. 12. and is here used to signifie the good fame of the Church and report of her graces which is as a sweet smell Ieâ—â—â—â—â— hath planted this signifieth the excellencie of this tree above others and the growth in the n 〈…〉 ll place where it best prospereth so the Cedars are said to be planted by him in Psal. 104. 16. and he is the Planter of his Church Ier. 2. 21. 〈◊〉 by the waters The Cedar is one of the goodliâ—st trees for talnesse bignesse strength and durance with the timber of it the Temple was built 1 King 6. 9 10. by the waters it best flourisheth and signifieth the glory of the kingdome of Israel as it is written of the kingdome of Assyria Behold the Assyrian was a Cedar in 〈…〉 non with faire branches and with a shadowing shrend of an high stature c. The waters made him great the deepe â—et him up on high with her rivers running reâ—â—â—d about his plants c. Ezek 31. 3 4. See also Psal. 1. 3. Vers. 7. Hee shall poure waters or water shall flow out of his buckets speaking of Israel This parable is translated by the Greeke Interpreters thus There shall come forth a man out of his seed and shall have dominion over many nations and his kingdome shall be higher than Gog and his kingdome shall be increased And by the Chaldee Paraphrast thus There shall grow up a King which shall be anoiâ—ted of his sonnes and shall have dominion over many peoples and his King shall be mightier than Agâ—g and his kingdome shall be exalted And Targum Ionathan expoundeth it to the like effect and the exposition accordeth with other Scriptures which speake of the propagation of children by the similitude of waters fountaines eisternes and the like as Heare yee this O house of Iâ—kob c. which are come forth out of the waters of Iudah Esay 48. 1. and yee of the fountaine of Israel Psal. 68. 27. And Solomon speaking of wife and children in the lawfull state of marriage saith Drinke waters out of thine owne cisterne and running waters out of thine owne well Let thy fountaines be dispersed abroad and rivers of waters in the streets Let them be onely thine owne c. Prov. 5. 15. 18. And againe speaking of the harlot he saith Stollen waters are sweet Prov. 9. 17. Thus Balaam prophesieth here of Israels great increase and of the glorie of their kingdome in David and Solomon but chiefly in Christ. Otherwise by waters may be understood the Word and Spirit of God as Ioh. 3 5. and 4. 10. and 7. 38 39. which should plentifully be poured out in the Church that they might with joy draw water out of the wells of salvation as Esay 12. 3. his seed in many waters this seed may be understood as before of children and many waters of many peoples as in Revel 17. 15. Esay 57. 19. Psal. 144. 7. Or seed may meane corne sowen in watry moist and fruitfull places to bring forth much increase as Blessed are yee that sow beside all waters that send forth thither the sect of the Oxe and the Asse Esay 32. 20. higher than Agag the King of the Amalekites whom Saul the King of Israel subdued 1 Sam. 15. 8. and it seemeth this was a common name to all the Kings of Amalek as Pharaoh was to all the Kings of Aegypt
inheritances by the name of Lets as Come up with me into my lot Iudg. 1. 3. And not lands onely but whatsoever befalleth unto men frō the hand of God is called a lot as This is the portion of them that spoile us and the lot of them that rob us Esay 17. 14. and Thou hast neither part nor lot in this matter Act. 8. 21. and That they may receive forgivenesse of sins and a lot that is inheritance among them which are sanctified by faith c. Act. 26. 18. The part of the lot that is of the inheritance of the Saints in light Col. 1. 12. So that in the Greek used by the Apostles Cleros a lot and Cleronomia a division by lot is the common name of an inheritance 1 Pet. 5. 3. Ephes. 1. 14. 18. Vers. 56. According to the lot Hebr. At or Vpon the mouth of the lot as the lot whereon the name of the tribe or of the inheritance is written shall speake This lot being of the Lord figured the diversities of gifts in the Church which the Spirit of God divideth to every man severally 〈◊〉 will 1 Cor. 12. 4. 11. as also the dispensation of his graces concerning our heavenly inheritance which the Election onely obtaineth that the purpose of God according to election might stand not of workes but of him that calleth Rom. 11. 7. and 9. 11. Vers. 57. of the Levites who though they had no inheritance in the land vers 62. yet were they to have 48 cities and their suburbs for their habitation Num. 35. which also fell unto them by lot Ios. 21. 4. c. Vers. 58. Korachites or Korhites of Korah the sonne of Izhar the sonne of Kohath the sonne of Levi Num. 16. 1. Korah himselfe died in the rebellion but his sonnes died not Num. 26. 11. therefore they are reckoned here for a familie in the fourth generation from Levi which is one degree further than the other families And whereas in Exod. 6. 16. c. there are reckoned of Gershon two sonnes Libni and Shimei here the familie of the Libnites is mustered but Shimei left out There Kohath hath foure sonnes Amram and Ishar and Hebron and Vzziel here Vzziel is omitted neither is Ishar named but in his sonnes the Korhites Vers. 59. she bare to Levi by she understand Levies wise or Iochebeds mother Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it his wise bare her in Egypt she bare to Amram that is Iochebed Amrams wife who was also his aunt bare to Amram Exo. 6. 20. Marie Hebr. Mirjam she was a prophetesse see Exod. 15. 20. Num. 12. 1. Vers. 60. unto Aaron was borne Here Moses children Gershon and Eliezer are againe omitted see the notes on Num. 3. 38. Vers. 61. and Abihu died and they had no sonnes Num. 3. 4. See the historie in Levit. 10. Vers. 62. 23 thousand who at the former numbring were but 22 thousand Num. 3. 39. So they increased in the wildernesse a thousand males Vers. 65. dying they shall die i. they shall surely die this was threatned for their rebellion refusing to go into the promised land Nū 14. and the fulfilling of Gods judgment is here shewed and Iosoua in Greeke Iesus the son of Naue these two survived because they faithfully followed the Lord Num. 14. 24. 38. See the Annotations there In that all the rest were dead save these two it sheweth that all the 600 thousand men now mustered which should conquer Canaan were a valiant company betweene 20 and 60 yeares of age none being above 60 but Caleb and Iosua and as they were in body so in minde being trained up these 38 yeares in the study of the Law and ordinances of God and beholding his workes having Moses and Aaron for their leaders and Gods good spirit for their instructer Neh. 9. 20. CHAP. XXVII 1 The daughters of Zelophehad sue for an inheritance 5 Moses bringeth their cause before the Lord who granteth their request 8 The Law of inheritances when a man dieth without a son 12 Moses is bidden goe up and see the land and is told of his death for his trespasse 15 He requesteth of the Lord that a man may be set governour in his place 18 The Lord appointeth Iosua to succeed him 22 And Moses by imposition of hands ordaineth him to his office THen came the daughters of Zelophehad the sonne of Hepher the son of Gilead the son of Machir the son of Manasses of the families of Manasses the son of Ioseph and these are the names of his daughters Machlah Noah Hoglah and Milcah and Tirzah And they stood before Moses and before Eleazar the Priest and before the Princes and all the congregation at the doore of the Tent of the Congregation saying Our father died in the wildernesse and he was not among the Congregation of them that gathered themselves together against Iehovah in the congregation of Korah but in his sinne he died and hee had no sonnes Why should the name of our father be done away from among his family because he hath no sonne Give unto us a possession among the brethren of our father And Moses brought their cause before Iehovah And Iehovah said unto Moses saying The daughters of Zelophehad speake right giving thou shalt give them a possession of an inheritance among the brethren of their father and thou shalt cause the inheritance of their father to passe unto them And thou shalt speake unto the sonnes of Israel saying If a man die and he have no sonne then ye shall cause his inheritance to passe unto his daughter And if hee have no daughter then ye shall give his inheritance unto his brethren And if he have no brethren then ye shall give his inheritance unto the brethren of his father And if his father have no brethren then ye shall give his inheritance unto his kinsman that is next to him of his familie and he shall inherit it it shal be unto the sonnes of Israel for a statute of judgement as Iehovah commanded Moses And Iehovah said unto Moses Go thou up into this mountaine of Abarim and see the land w ch I have given to the sons of Israel And thou shalt see it and thou also shalt be gathered unto thy peoples as Aaron thy brother was gathered For ye rebelled against my mouth in the wildernesse of Zin in the strife of the congregation to sanctifie me at the water before their eyes that is the water of Meribah of Kadesh in the wildernesse of Zin And Moses spake unto Iehovah saying Let Iehovah the God of the spirits of all flesh set a man over the congregation Which may go out before them and which may go in before them and which may lead them out and which may bring them in that the congregation of Iehovah be not as sheep which have no shepherd And Iehovah said unto Moses Take unto thee Iosua the son of Nun a man in whom is the spirit and lay thine hand upon him And cause
thought of some to be so called of the mutinous assemblies of Korah Dathan Abiram Num. 16. Vers. 26. Tahath in Greeke Kataath signifiing Vnderneath or below Vers. 27. Tarah or Therach in Greeke Tharath Vers. 28. Mithkah in Greeke Matheka by interpretation sweet Vers. 29. Hashmonah in Greeke Aselmona Vers. 30. Moseroth in Greeke Masurouth in English Bonds In Deut. 10. 6. it is called singularly Moserah Vers. 31. Bene Iaakan that is the sons of Iaakan called in Deut. 10. 6. Beeroth Bene Iaakan that is the Wels of the sons of Iaakan though some thinke that was another place Of one Iaakan we reade in 1 Chron. 1. 42. Vers. 32. Horhagidgad that is the hole of Gidgad called also Gudgod in Deut. 10. 7. Vers. 33. Iotbathah in Greeke Etebatha it was a land of rivers of waters named also Iotbath Deut. 10. 7. Vers. 34. Ebronah or Gnabronah not elsewhere mentioned Vers. 35. Ezion-gaber in Greeke Gethsion-gaber mentioned againe in Deut. 2. 8. It was by the red sea where was a place for shipping in Edoms land 1 Kings 9. 26. and 22. 48. Thus Israel had beene brought backe againe towards the red sea as was commanded in Num. 14. 25. Deut. 2. 1. Vers. 36. Zin which is Kadesh or that is Kades w ch the Chaldee calleth Rekam Hither they came in the first moneth of the 40 yeare of their travell and here Marie the Prophetesse the sister of Moses and Aaron died Here againe the people murmured for water which was given them out of a Rocke And at this Kadesh they sent unto Edom for leave to passe thorow his countrey but were denied it Num. 20. See the Annotations there Vers. 37. in the edge by the border of the land Num. 20. 23. the Greeke translateth neere the land of Edom. Vers. 38. at the mouth that is as the Chaldee explaineth it at the word in Greeke by the commandement of the Lord. died there being stript of his Priestly garments which were put upō Eleazar his son and hee died there on mount Hor for his sin committed at the water of Meribah in Kadesh Num 20. 24 26. c. Vers. 40. King of Arad of whom see Num. 21. 1. heard of the comming and sought against Israel and tooke some of them captives but Israel by helpe from God vanquished him Num. 21. 1 2 3. Vers. 41. from mount Hor by the way of the red sea to compasse the land of Edom Num. 21. 4. Zalmonah in Greeke Selmona which seemeth to be so named of Zelem an Image and to be meant of that place where the brazen serpent was set up to heale those that were stung of fiery serpents because they had murmured against God Num. 21. 5 6 c. Vers. 42. Funon or Phunon in Greeke Phinon hereof there is no mention otherwhere Vers. 43. Oboth mentioned in Num. 21. 10. Vers. 44. Ije Abarim that is the heapes of Abarim which Abarim were mountaines vers 47. In the verse following this place is called onely Ijem that is Heapes Vers. 45. Dibon Gad in Greeke Daibon Gad that is Dibon of the Gadites Dibon was the name of an high place and citie wherof see Num. 21. 30. This Dibon was repaired and possessed by the sonnes of Gad Num. 32. 34. and it is so named to distinguish it from another Dibon which was given to Reuben Ios. 13. 15. 17. Vers. 46. Almon or Gnalmon in Greeke Gelmon diblathaim of w ch Diblathaim see Ier. 48. 22. Vers. 47. Before Nebo the name of a mountain where afterward Moses died Deut. 32. 49 50 and 34. 1. 5. Vers. 48. Iordan neere Iericho that part of the river Iordan which is over against Iericho called therefore in Hebrew Iarden of Iericho Vers. 49. Beth Iesimoth which place was allotted to the Reubenites Ios. 13. 15. 20. mentioned also in Ezek. 25. 9. Abel Shittim the Chaldee expoundeth it the plaine of Shittim it seemeth to have the name of the Shittim trees that grew there as Abel Ceramim is the plaine of the Uineyard Iudg. 11. 33. The travels of Israel thorow that great and terrible wildernesse wherein were fierie serpents and scorpions and drought where there was no water Deut. 8. 15. which was a land of desarts of pits a land of drought and of the shadow of death a land that no man passed thorow and where no man dwelt Ier. 2. 6. signified the many troubles and afflictions through which we must enter into the kingdome of God Act. 14. 22. The helpes comforts and deliverances which God gave unto his people in their distresses are examples of his love and mercie towards his who comforteth them in all their tribulation that as the sufferings of Christ abound in them so their consolation also aboundeth in Christ 2 Cor. 1. 45. The punishmēts which God inflicted upon the disobedient who perished in the wildernesse for their sins hapned unto them for ensamples and they are written for our admonitiō upon whom the ends of the world are come 1 Cor. 10. 1 11. Heb. 3. 17 18 19. and 4. 1 2. By the names of their encamping places and histories adjoyned it appeareth how Israel came sometimes into straits and troublesome wayes as at Pi-hahiroth Ex. 14. 2 3. 10. c. at Zalmonah Nū 21. 4 c. sometimes into large and ample roomth as at the plaines of Moab sometimes to places of hunger and thirst as at Rephidim and Kadesh Ex. 16 17. Num. 20. sometimes to places of refreshing as at Elim and Beer Ex. 15. 27. Num. 21. 16. sometimes where they had warres as at Rephidim Kadesh Edrehi Exod. 17. 8. Num. 21. 1. 33. sometimes where they had rest as at mount Sinai Sometimes they went right forward as from Sinai to Kadesh-barnea sometimes they turned backward as from Kadesh barnea to the red Sea Sometimes they came to mountaines as Sinai Shepher Hor Gidgad sometimes to vallies as Tahath c. sometimes to places of bitternesse as Marah sometimes of sweetnesse as Mithkah The sinnes which they committed in the wildernesse were many and great as open idolatry by the Calfe at Horeb Ex. 32. and with Baal-peor Num. 25. unbeleese at Kadesh Num. 14. and afterwards presumptuous boldnesse in the same place murmurings against God sundry times with tempting of Christ as the Apostle speaketh 1 Cor. 10. Contention rebellion against their governors often lusting for flesh to fill their appetite soathing Manna the heavenly food whoredome with the daughters of Moab and sundry the like that this complaint is after made of them How oft did they provoke him in the wildernesse and grieve him in the desart Psal. 78. 40. All sorts of persons sinned against God the multitude of people very often the mixt multitude of strangers among them Num. 11. The Princes as the ten spies Dathan Abiram c. The Levites as Korah and his company Marie the Prophetesse Num. 12. Aaron the Priest with her besides his sin at Horeb Ex. 32. and at the water of
which two phrases expound one another as is noted on Gen. 12. 16. So after in vers 7. and 12. the great sea so called in respect of the lesser inland seas as the salt sea vers 3. and the sea of Chinnereth vers 11. This great sea is commonly called the Mediterrane sea and the border thereof so the Chaldee here translateth it supplying the word thereof and so it is Englished in Ios. 15. 12. 47. The Greeke interpreteth it the great sea shall bound or shall limit Vers. 7. you shall point out or shall marke out shall designe in Greeke yee shall measure out so in vers 8. and 10. mount Hor This is not that mount Hor where Aaron died which was South-ward in the edge of Edoms land Num. 33. 37 38. but another mountaine on the North side of Canaan which in Ios. 13. 5. is called mount Hermon and neere the entring into Hamath as mount Hor is here And Hermon had many names as Moses sheweth in Deut. 3. 9. and 4. 48. Vers. 8. the entrance of Hamath or the entring into Chamath this Hamath in Greeke Emath is in Amos 6. 2. called Hemath the great See the Annotations on Num. 13. 21. Hamath is also mentioned among the Northerne borders of the land in Ezek. 47. 16 17. Zedad in Greeke Sedada so in Ezek. 47. 15. Vers. 9. Hazar-â—nan in Ezek. 47. 17. Hazarenon in Greeke Arsenain This was the North-East part of the land Vers. 10. Shepham called in 1 Sam. 30. 28. Siphmoth in Greeke Sepphama by Targum Ionathan and some other it is called Apamiah Vers. 11. Riblah a citie in the land of Hamath where God executed his judgements on the Kings of Iudah for their sinnes by the Kings of Egypt and of Babylon 2 King 23. 33. and 25. 6. 20 21. Ier. 39. 5 6. east of Ain Ain by interpretation is aneie or a fountaine and so is translated here in Greeke Fountaines and by the old Latine interpreter the fountaine Daphnis the side or the shoulder that is the shore of the sea the sea of Chinnereth called in Greeke Chenereth in Chaldee Ginnosar and in the New Testament the lake of Gennesaret Luk. 5. 1. and in 1 Mac. 11. 67. there is mentioned the water of Gennesar And the countrey adjoyning was called the land of Gennesaret Mat. 14. 34. Mar. 6. 53. This sea is also named the sea of Galilee the sea of Tibertas Ioh. 6. 1. a lake and sea are the same as they ran into the lake Luk. 8. 33. that is into the sea Mat. 8. 32. Of the sea Chinnereth there is mention also in Ios. 12. 3. 13. 27. of a citie so named Ios. 19. 35. and of the countrey Ios. 11. 2. 1 King 15. 20. It is thought to be called in Chaldee Ginnosar and Genesar of Princely gardens which were in those parts This sea had store of fishes and from hence our Lord tooke his foure first Apostles fishers of Galilce and made them fishers of men by the preaching of his Gospell Mat. 4. 18 19 20 21. On this sea Christ walked and allayed the waves thereof Mark 6. 45. 48. 51. 53. Iohn 6. 16 21. and here he appeared to his Disciples after his resurrection at what time they tooke at one draught an hundred fiftie and three great fishes Iohn 21. 1 11. Vers. 12. Iordan in Hebrew Iarden in Greeke and in the New Testament Iordanes It was the goodliest river of all Canaan famous thorowout the Scriptures The waters of this river God did cut off and made them stand upon an heape at that time when Iordan over-flowed all his bankes untill his people Israel passed over it on dry grouÌ„d into the land of Canaan Ios. 3. 13 17. Elijah and Elisha the Prophets divided also the waters thereof and went over on drie ground 2 King 2. 8. 14. Naaman the Syrian washing seven times in it by the word of the Prophet was cleansed of his leprosie 2 King 5. 10. 14. In this river our Lord Iesus him-selfe and the nation of the Iewes were baptized Marke 1. 5. 9. salt sea or sea of salt See vers 3. The river Iordan ranne all along by the land of Canaan on the East side from the North end of the countrey to the South beginning at the foot of mount Lebanon where it is said to spring out of two fountaines the one called Ior and the other Dan and passed on to the lake of Merom by the waters whereof Ioshua vanquished the Canaanites Ios. 11. 4 5 7 8. and from thence it ran and emptied it selfe into the sea of Chinnereth forementioned and from that sea it passed along till it ended at the salt sea here spoken of where also the limits of the land began in vers 3. The promised land being thus inclosed and guarded with the maine sea Westward the inland seas and the river Iordan Eastward and at each end North and South with mountaines fore-shewed Gods providence towards his peple for their safe defence on every side And so it is written As the mountaines are round about Ierusalem so the LORD is round about his people from henceforth even for ever Psal. 125. 2. Vers. 14. sonnes of the Reubenites Hebr. of the Reubenite and after of the Gadite which the Greeke and Chaldee translate sonnes of Reuben and of Gad. Of these two tribes receiving their inheritance see Numb 32. Vers. 17. shall divide the land by inheritance unto you or shall inherit the land for you that is shall take possession of the land for you and in your names and after divide it unto you as in vers 29. See vers 18. Eleazar the Priest and Ioshua in Greeke Iesus These were the two chiefe Princes and both of them figures of Christ who divideth to his people the inheritance of the kingdom of heaven the one figuring him in his Priesthood the other in his kingdome for if Iesus that is Ioshua had given them rest then would he not afterward have spoken of another day Hebr. 4. 8. The Priest had an hand in parting the inheritance to signifie that it was an holy worke and a shadow of heavenly things Also that if difficultie did arise he might aske counsell for Ioshua after the judgement of Vrim before Iehovah Numb 27. 21. And likewise for that the Priests and Levites though they had no inheritance as the other tribes yet had they cities and suburbs from among their brethren Numb 35. which also the Levites claimed of Eleazar the Priest and of Ioshua and the other Princes and had the cities and suburbs given them by lot before the Lord Ios. 21. Thus also the truth of Gods promise to Abraham was manifested for hee had said that in the fourth generation they should returne from their affliction and servitude into the land of Canaan Gen. 15. 14 15 16. And so it came to passe for Kohath the sonne of Levi was one of them that went with Iakob into Egypt Gen. 46. 11. 26. of Koath proceeded Amram
you this day which you shall command your sonnes to observe to doe all the words of this Law For it is not a vaine word for you because it is your life and through this word ye shall prolong your daies upon the land whither yee are going over Iordan to possesse it And Iehovah spake unto Moses in that selfe-same day saying Goe up into this mountaine of Abarim mount Nebo which is in the land of Moab that is over against Iericho and see the land of Canaan which I am giving to the sonnes of Israel for a possession And die in the mount whither thou goest up and be gathered unto thy peoples as Aaron thy brother died in mount Hor and was gathered unto his peoples Because ye trespassed against me among the sonnes of Israel at the waters of Meribah of Kadesh in the wildernesse of Zin because ye sanctified me not in the midst of the sonnes of Israel Yet thou shalt see the land before thee but thither thou shalt not goe in unto the land which I am giving to the sonnes of Israel GIve eare O heavens to that which I declare and heare O earth what my mouths sayings are Drop downe as doth the raine shall my doctrine distill as deaw so shall my speech divine as on the tender herbe the small raine powres and as upon the grasse the greater showres For I Iehovahs name proclaime abroad O give ye greatnesse unto him our God The Rocke most perfect is his action because his wayes are judgement every one God is most faithfull and iniquity in him is none but just and right is he They on themselves have brought corruptions their spot is not of those that be his sonnes they are a generation which is turnd to perversnesse and to crookednesse Doe ye Iehovah in this wise reward O foolish folke and wanting wise regard thy Father that hath bought thee is not hee hath he not made thee and establisht thee Remember thou the dayes that were of old minde ye the yeeres of ages manifold aske thou thy Father and thee shew will hee thine Elders aske and they will tell it thee When the Most high dealt to the Nations their heritage and severed Adams sonnes the borders of the peoples set he then as number was of Israels children For his folke is Iehovahs portion Iakob the line of his possession Him in a land of wildernesse he found in empty place and howling desart ground about he led him taught him prudency he kept him as the apple of hit eye Like as an Eagle stirreth up her nest she moveth fluttring over her youngest she spreds abroad her wings them taketh soft upon her wings she beareth them aloft So did Iehovah leade him all alone and other strange god with him was there none He made him ride on the earths places hie that he might eat the fields fertilitie he made him also from the rocke to sucke honey and oile out of the flinty rocke Butter of kine milke also of the flocke with fat of Lambs and Rams of Basan stocke and Goats with fat of wheaty kidneies fine and of the Grapes-bloud thou didst drink red wine But Iesurun did wex fat and did kicke thou art wext fat art covered art growne thicke the God which made him then did he forsake and of the Rock which sav'd him light did make With strange gods they to jealousie him mov'd with loathsome idols they his anger prov'd They sacrific'd to devils not to God to gods of whom themselves no knowledge had unto new gods which up but lately came such as your fathers feared not the same The Rocke that thee beg at thou mindest not and God that formed thee thou hast forgot And of his sonnes and daughters then the Lord did see the provocation and abhord And I will hide my face from them said he I will behold what their last end shall be for a most froward generation they children are in whom faith there is none They have me unto jealousie moved with that which is not God haue me stirred to indignation with their idols vaine I them will move to jealousie againe with those which are no folke to indignation I will provoke them with a foolish nation For in mine anger kindled is a fire and to the lowest hell shall burne in ire and shall consume land and fruits of the same and the foundations of the mounts inflame Vpon them I will heape up evill sorrowes upon them I will spend my piercing arrowes They shall be burnt with hunger and devour'd with burning coales and bitter plague out-pour'd and teeth of beasts upon them I will bring with poyson of serpents in dust-creeping Without the sword it shall bereave them quite and from the inmost chambers fearefull fright both the choise young man and the virgin faire the suckling with the man of hoary haire I said I would them into corners drive I would men of their memory deprive Were it not that the wrath of th' enemy I feared lest behave themselves strangely their adversaries should lest they should say our high hand hath done all this and not Iah For they a people whose counsels are gone and understanding in them there is none O that they wise were would this understand that they consider would their latter end How should one make a thousand flee in chace and two make even ten thousand flie apace except their strong Rocke had them sold away iehovah had them shut up to decay For their Rocke is not like our Rocke mighty and judge let be our very enemy For their vine of the vine of Sodom is and of Gomorrahs blasted vine branches their Grapes they be the Grapes of poysned gall the clusters that they have are bitter all Their wine is of the dragons poison fell and of the aspes whose venome is cruell Is not this same laid up in store with mee even sealed up within my treasuree To me belongs vengeance and to repay in time when as their foot shall slide away for day of their calamity is nie and things that come on them come hastily For Iah will to his people doe judgement and for his servants will himselfe repent when he shall see that their strong hand is gone and shut up or remaining there is none And he shall say where doe their gods abide the rocke on whom for safety they relide They which their sacrifices fat devour'd which drank the wine on their oblations powr'd let them arise and shew you helpfull grace let him be unto you an hiding place Behold yee now that I even I am he and God there is not any beside me I kill and quicken wound and whole I make and out of mine hand none away can take For to the heav'ns my hand I lift on hie and say I live unto eternity If that my glittering sword I sharpe doe make and that mine hand on judgement hold doth take unto my foes I render will vengeance and them that hate me I will recompence Mine
Simeon with Reuben in the former blessing thus Let Reuben live and not die and let Simeon be many in number the voice when he praieth as the Chaldee translateth Receive O Lord the praier of Iudah when hee goeth forth to warre This blessing is to bee compared with Iakobs who likeneth Iudah to a Lions whelpe gone up from the prey c. Gen. 49. 9. and it had accomplishment in David who was of Iudah and a fighter of the Lords battels in which hee often praied as his Psalmes testifie Likewise in Abijah and the Iewes against Israel 2 Chron. 13. 14 18. in Asa warring against the Ethiopians 2 Chron. 14. 11 12 13. in Iehosaphat fighting against the Ammonites 2 Chron. 20. 5 6 18. in Ezekias against the Assyrians 2 Chron. 32. 20 21 22. and others But chiefly in Christ the Lion of the tribe of Iudah Revel 5. 5. him God did heare alwaies Ioh. 11. 42. bring thou him the Chaldee addeth in peace and Thargum Ionathan addeth from the battell in peace This had accomplishment as otherwise so in Davids returne to his people and kingdome 2 Sam. 19. 11 15. and Christs returne unto Israel whereof see Rom. 11. 26 31. be enough for him when he fighteth as God taught Davids hands to warre and his fingers to fight Psalme 144. 1. and girded him with strength to battell 2 Sam. 22. 35 40. The Greek translateth judge for him the Chald. execute vengeance for him on them that hate him So in Gen. 49. 8. thine hand Iudah shall bee in the necke of thine enemies be thou for by his owne strength no man shall prevaile 1 Sam. 2. 9. Therefore David often acknowledged God to be his helper Psal. 28. 7. and 40. 17. and 54. 4. and 63. 7. and 118. 7. c. Vers. 8. of Levi or unto Levi that is the tribe or posterity of Levi as in Thargum Ionathan it is said And Moses the Prophet blessed the tribe of Levi and said thy Thummim and thy Vrim by interpretation thy perfections and thy Lights these were mysteries put into the high Priests brest-plate whereof see the Annotations on Exod. 28. 30. so they signifie here the graces and office of the Priesthood which was committed to Aaron and his seed till Christ came who had the Priest-hood for ever after a more excellent order Heb. 6. 20. And the speech here may bee directed unto God who gave these mysteries to the Priest and so the Chald. explaineth it Thummim Vrim thou didst put upon the man that was found holy before thee and Sol. Iarchi saith Hee speaketh as to the Majestie of God Or it may be spoken to the tribe of Levi who had the Vrim and Thummim among them but appropriate to one maÌ„ only who was the high Priest a figure of Christ. with the man understand be with the man or to the man that is they belong to him with him they are and so let them remaine thy gracious saint thy mercifull pious or holy one or of thy holy one which title is given to God himselfe Ier. 3. 12. to Christ Psal. 16. 10. with Act. 13. 35 36 37. and to all godly men Psal. 149. 5. And here referring it to Aaron or to Christ the man thy holy one may meane one thing thy holy man as a man a Prince in Exod. 2. 14. or if wee read it the man of thine holy one it is meant the man of God and in Psal. 106. 16. Aaron is called the Saint of the LORD temptedst or triedst This word is sometime spoken of God as hee tempted Abraham Gen. 22. 1. and the Israelites in the wildernesse Deut. 8. 2 15 16. Sometime of men who are said to have tempted God and Christ Exod. 17. 2. 1 Cor. 10. 9. in Massah or in the temptation a place so called because there Israel tempted God Exod. 17. 7. or with temptation and so it is no propet name contendedst or striveâ—st pleadedst this also is sometime spoken of God whose contending with men is the blaming and punishing of them Esay 49. 25. Iob 10. 2. Ier. 2. 9. sometime of mens contending as Israel did with the Lord at the waters of Meribah or of Contention Numb 20. 13. By reason of this diversuse of these words the understanding of this blessing is also divers thus Thy Thummim and thy Vrim O God be with the man thy gracious Saint Aaron and his seed whom thou temptedst with tentation contendedst with him for his sinne at the waters of Meribah Num. 20. 12 13. Or thy Thummim and thy Vrim O Levi bee with Aaron and his seed the man of thy gracious God whom thou with the other Israelites temptedst in Massah c. Exod. 17. 2. Numb 20. Or thus Thy Thummim and thy Vrim O Levi is with or â—e longs unto the man thy gracious Saint Christ Iesus whom thou temptedst in Massah c. 1 Cor. 10. 9. In this last sense the weaknesse of the Leviticall Priesthood is implied which kept not Vrim and Thummim but lost them at the captivity of Babylon Ezra 2. 63. and it is not knowne that they ever had them more untill by Christ our High Priest after the order of Melchisedek they were restored by the Light and Truth of the Gospell The Chaldee interpreteth it in Aarons or Levies praise Thummim and Vrim thou didst put upon the man or cloathedst with them the man that was found holy before thee whom thou tem ptedst with tentation and hee was perfect thou provedst him at the waters of contention and hee was found faithfull This may seeme not well to accord with the history in Num. 20. touching Aarons person yet the Hebrews as Sol. Iarchi on this place say of the Levites that they murmured not with the other murmurers And of Levi God saith by his Prophet My covenant was with him life and peace and I gave them to him for the feare where with he feared mee c. Mal. 2. 5. And againe They kept his testimonies and the ordinance that hee gave them Psal. 99. 7. The Greeke translateth And of Levi hee said Give yee Levi his Manifest-ones and his Truth that is his Vrim and his Thummim to the holy man whom they tempted in tentation they reviled him at the water of Contradiction This interpretation may well bee applied unto Christ also as before is shewed Vers. 9. who saith or who said of his or unto his father c. I respect him not I see not or looke not upon him The Greeke translateth That saith to his father and to his mother I have not seene or I respect not thee This is meant either of the Priests continuall duty who by the Law if his father mother brother or child did die hee might not mourne for them but carry himselfe as if hee did not respect know or care for them as is said of the High Priest that was anointed and cloathed with the ornaments and had Vrim and Thummim upon his heart for his father or for
words Genes 9. 20. and 13. 8. Man for every one Gen. 10. 5. and 15. 10. for any man Gen. 24. 16. Lev. 21. 9. Men of number i. few Gen. 34. 30. Man Adullamite for Man of Adullam Gen. 38. 1. Man of words c. Exod. 4. 10. Man of warre Exod. 15. 3. Man-slayer with the Cities of refuge Numb 35. 11 c. Man stealer to die Deut. 24. 7. Manasses why so named Gen. 41. 51. Manna described Exod. 16. 14. Num. 11. 7. Manna loathed of Israel Num. 11. 6. and 21. 5. Marah a place Exod. 15. 23. Marie or Miriam Moses sister Exod. 15. 20. her murmuring and leprosie Num. 12. her death Num. 21. 1. Marriage the manner of it among the Iewes Deu. 22. 13. Of marrying the brothers wife Deut. 25. 5 c. Marvellous for unpossible Gen. 18. 14. Marvellously sever Exod. 8. 22. Massah a place of Tentation Exod. 17. 7. Meat-offering the Law sorts and signification thereof Lev. 2. and 6. 14. c. Meats cleane and uncleane with their signification Lev. 11. Deut. 14. The measure of Meat and Drinke-offerings with the sacrifices Num. 15. 4. c. Meribah a place of Contention Exod. 17. 7. Num. 20. 13. Mesopotamia Gen. 24. 10. and 25. 20. Midian Madianites Gen. 25. 2. and 37. 28. Israels conquest over the Madianites Num. 31. Midst for within or in or with Gen. 2. 9. Ex. 39. 3. Deut. 19. 2. Might or able strength what it is Gen. 49. 3. Milke and honey what they signifie Exod. 3. 8. Miter of the high Priest Exod. 28. 39. Mizpah Gen. 31. 49. Mizraim father of the Egyptians Gen. 10. 6. and 12. 10. Moab and Moabites Gen. 19. 37. Israel might not warre against them Deut. 2. 9. c. Moone whereof named Gen. 1. 16. Molech the idoll described Lev. 18. 21. Morijah what place Gen. 22. 2. To Morrow for time to come Gen. 30. 33. Exod. 13. 14. Morning for first times Gen. 49. 27. for opportunity c. Exod. 12. 10. Moses why so named Exod. 2. 10. his beautie Exod 2. 2. his meeknesse Num. 12. 3. his sinne and Aarons at the waters of Meribah Numb 20. 12. he might not therefore enter into the promised land Deut. 3. 24. c. but he vieweth it before his death Deut. 34. Moving thing Sherets what it meaneth Ge. 1. 20. Mouth for words Gen. 24. 57. and 41. 40. and 45. 21. Mouth for interpreter Gen. 45. 12. Ex. 4. 16. Mules how invented Gen. 36. 24. Murder how to be expiated when the authour is unknowen Deut. 21. 1 c. The murderer must die Deut. 19. 11. Lev. 24. 17. Murmurings of the Israelites Num. 14. 22. Muzzeling the Oxe forbidden when he treadeth out the corne Deut. 25. 4. Myrrhe what it was Exod. 30. 23. N NAked what it meaneth Gen. 3. 7. Nakednesse for weake places Gen. 42. 9. Naked flesh for the privities Exod. 28. 42. Nakednesses for unlawfull copulations what they were Lev. 18. 6 7 c. Nazirite or Separated Gen. 49. 26. The law for Nazirites Num. 6. 2 c. Nebo a Mountaine from whence Moses viewed the promised Land Deut. 32. 49. Necromancy or asking of the dead forbidden Deu. 18. 11. Neighbour who he is Exod. 20. 16. North-side of the Altar the place of killing the sacrifices Lev. 1. 11. Number for few Deut. 33. 6. O OBserving of times forbidden Deut. 18. 10. Observing of fortunes forbidden Deut. 18. 10. Og King of Basan vanquished Numb 21. 33. c. he was of the remnant of the Giants Deut. 3. 11. Oile for spirituall anointing Gen. 28. 18. Oile for the Lampes in the Sanctuarie Lev. 24. 2. c. Okes religiously respected Gen 21. 33. 35. 4. One for first Gen. 1. 5. Exod. 26. 4. for every one Exod. 26. 2. Opening of the wombe or first-borne sanctified Exod. 13. 2. 12. Over the house i. the Steward Gen. 41. 40. 43. 16. 19. Outspred-firmament whereof named Gen. 1. 6. P PAdan Aram called Mesopotamia Gen. 25. 20. Palme tree Exod. 15. 27. Boughes of Palm-trees and other the like used at the feast of Tabernacles Lev. 23. 40. Passeover what it signifieth Exod. 12. 11. the manner of eating it Exod. 12. 8 9 10. the sacrifices appointed for this Feast Numb 28. 16 19 c. The Passeover of sheep and oxen differing from the Paschall Lambe Deut. 16. 2. The Passeover in the second month with the rites of it Numb 9. 11 12 13. Peace for salvation Gen. 29. 6. for welfare Gen. 37. 14. 41. 16. 43. 27. Peace-offerings with the Law and signification of them Lev. 3. 7. 11 c. The shoulder and brest of the Peace-offerings were the Priests Levit. 7. 34. Peculiar treasure Exod. 19. 5. Pentecost a Feast of the Iewes called weeks Lev. 23. 15. Deut. 16. 9. Perfect Gen. 6. 9. 25. 27. Perfect or unblemished for sacrifice Exod. 12. 5. Lev. 1. 3. Perfection required in Israel Deut. 18. 13. Pestilence described by the Hebrewes Exod. 5. 3. Pharan the wildernesse Gen. 21. 21. Pharaoh Gen. 12. 15. Philistims Gen. 10. 14. Phinehas his zeale and reward Numb 25. 7 c. Phylacteries or frontlets what they were and upon what ground they were used Exod. 13. 9. 15. Pillar or Statue Matsebah Gen. 28. 18. Lev. 26. 1. Deut. 16. 22. Pillar of cloud and fire Exod. 13. 21. Pillars a signe of stability Exod. 27. 10. Pledges or Pawnes of their taking and restoring Exod. 22. 26. Deut. 24. 6 10 17. Plenty for multitude Gen. 48. 19. Polluted thing Pigul what it was Lev. 7. 18. Possession what it meaneth Gen. 22. 17. Deut. 9. 1. Plowing with an Oxe and an Asse for bidden Deut. 22. 10. Poore to be releeved Deut. 15. 7 c. Praying what it signifieth Gen. 20. 7. Prayer is the service of God Deut. 6. 13. Priest what it signifieth Gen. 14. 18. Priest or Prince Gen. 41. 45. The high Priests offering for his sinne Lev. 4. 3 c. The high Priests daily oblation Lev. 6. 20. Lawes for the Priests mourning and for their holinesse and marriage Lev. 21. 1 c. Of their blemishes Lev. 21. 17 c. How in their uncleannesse they must abstaine from the holy things Lev. 22. 2 c. The Priests portion of the peoples offerings Numb 18. 9. Foure and twenty gifts for the Priests Numb 18. 19. Priests and Levites had no part or inheritance with Israel Deut. 10. 8 9. 18. 1 2 c. Prince of slaughter-men what officer Gen. 37. 36. Prophaning of Gods Name forbidden Lev. 18. 21. 19. 12. Prophet what it signifieth Gen. 20. 7. Exod. 7. 1. A Prophet promised to Israel and their duty to heare him Deut. 18. 25 c. Purple Exod. 25. 4. Put for Make Gen. 13. 16. 21. 13. 27. 37. Q QVailes sent unto Israel Exod. 16. 13. Numb 11. 31. R RAamses a Citie Exod. 1. 11. Rameses a Citie Gen. 47. 11. Exod. 12. 37. Ram a sheepe of two yeeres Lev. 1. 10. Raine
and protection As when God said I will be with thee Gen. 31. 3. Iakob understood it thus I will doe thee good Gen. 32. 9. for Gods presence is a singular favour and our preeminence Exod. 33. 15 16. The Chaldee expoundeth it thy Word shall be for my helpe thy rod with such shepherds use to guide and rule their flockes Levit. 27. 32. and with such the Lord is said to rule his people Ezek. 20. 37. Wherefore the Prophet prayeth feed thy people with thy rod Mic. 7. 14. The rod is also for chastening and punishment Psal. 89. 33. And for the rebellious God hath a rod of iron and indignation Psal. 2. 9. Lam. 3. 1. Of Christs rods or staves wherewith he feeds his flocke see Zach. 11. 7. c. The Chaldee translateth thy rod and thy law Vers. 5. Thou furnishest or wilt furnish and make ready a table This and the things following note the abundant supply of all good things for necessitie and for delight as at a sumptuous banquet Prov. 9. 2 c. So by Christ the good shepherd his sheepe finde pasture have life and have it in abundance Ioh. 10. 9 10. in presence or before them which causeth the enemies that see to grieve as Psal. 112. 10. makest fat that is plenteously mâ—istenest and supplest with oile or balsam In those countries they used to welcome and cheare their guests with powring out precious sweet oyles or balsam upon their heads Luke 7. 46. Ioh. 12. 3. It signifieth joy Eccles. 9. 8. Esay 61. 3. The Chaldee applieth it to the Priests of Israel thou hast made the Priests heads fat with the anointing oile is abundant to wit with liquour as the word importeth for to drinke my fill Vers. 6. converse or quietly repose my selfe and dwell as the Greeke translateth it Likewise the Chaldee saying I shall dwell in the house of the Lords Sanctuary to length of daies that is a long life-time or for ever See Psal. 21. 5. and 93. 5. PSAL. XXIV Gods Lordship in the world 3 The citizens of his spirituall kingdome 7 An exhortation to receive him A Psalme of David THe earth is Iehovahs and the plentie thereof the world and they that sit therein For he hath founded it upon the seas and established it upon the rivers Who shall ascend into the mountaine of Iehovah and who shall stand in the place of his holinesse The cleane in hands and pure in heart which lifteth not up his soule to false vanitie neither sweareth to deceit He shall receive a blessing from Iehovah and justice from the God of his salvation This is the generation of them that enquire for him of them that seeke thy face of Iakob Selah Lift up yee gates your heads and be lifted up yee doores of eternitie that the King of glory may come in Who is this King of glory Iehovah strong and valiant Iehovah valiant in battell Lift up yee gates your heads and lift up yee doores of eternitie that the King of glory may come in Who is he this King of glory Iehovah of hosts hee is the King of glory Selah Annotations APsalme of David unto this title the Greeke addeth of the first day of the weeke meaning that this Psalme was wont to be sung in the Temple every first day of the weeke which now with us is the Lords day the Christians Sabbath and of Christ his Church and kingdome and the entertaining of his Gospell doth this Psalme treat In Solomons Temple God ordained Levites with Cymbals Psalteries and Harpes and Priests with Trumpets and other Levites that were singers and in the time that the burnt-offering began the song of the Lord began with trumpets and instruments and they sang praises with the words of David and of Asaph 2 Chron. 29. 25 30. The Hebrew Doctors recording their daily service in the Sanctuary write thus They said not the Song but over the burnt-offerings of the Congregation and the sacrifices of their peace-offerings that are spoken of in the Law c. The Song which the Levites said in the first day was Psalm 24. The earth is the LORDS and the plentie thereof In the second day they said the 48. Psal. Great is the LORD and praised vehemently in the citie of our God c. In the third they said the 82. Psalme God standeth in the assembly of God hee judgeth in the middest of the gods In the fourth they said the 94. Psalme O God of vengeances c. In the fifth they said the 81. Psalme Shout joyfully unto God our strength c. In the sixth they said the 93. Psalme The Lord reigneth is cloathed with high Majestie c. In the Sabbath they said the 92. Psalme A Psalme a Song for the Sabbath day Maimony in Misneh tom 3. in Tamidin or Treat of the Daily sacrifices chap. 6. sect 7 8 9. The earth is Iehovahs or To Jehovah the earth belongeth Of him and by him and for him are all things yet in speciall he hath chosen Iakobs posteritie for to be his people vers 6. Thus David maketh use of Moses doctrine who said Loe to Iehovah thy God pertaine the heavens and the heavens of heavens the earth and all that therein is notwithstanding Iehovah set his delight in thy fathers to love them and did chuse their seed after them even you above all peoples as appeareth this day Deut. 10. 14 15. See also another use of this doctrine in 1 Cor. 10. 26 28. where the Apostle proveth that every creature in the earth may be used of Christians for food or otherwise because all is the Lords and in Christ ours plentie or fulnesse that is all contained therein as the Chaldee expoundeth it the creatures thereof So the plenty of the sea Esay 42. 10. the plenty of the citie Amos. 6. 8. and sundry the like that sit that is dwell or inhabit as it is noted on Psal. 1. 1. The like manner of speaking the holy Ghost useth also in Greeke Luke 21. 35. on all them that sit on the face of the whole earth So Psa. 69. 36. and often otherwhere Vers. 2. upon the seas or above them The earth is said to be founded or fast setled upon the seas the heapes of waters were called seas Gen. 1. 10. because the waters which naturally would stand above the high mountaines Psal. 104. 6. are by the word of God gathered together and thrust under the earth that the drie land might appeare and be inhabited Exod. 20. 4. Gen. 1. 9. And these which may seeme a most weake and flitting foundation yet are firme bases and mighty foundations Psal. 104. 5. Mic. 6. 2. to magnifie Gods power who as he brought light out of darknesse so setleth he the solide earth on the liquid waters yea hangeth the earth upon nothing Iob 26. 7. Vers. 3. Who shall ascend The Chaldee paraphraseth Who shal be worthy to ascend unto the mountaine of the house of the Sanctuary of the Lord Vers. 4. The cleane
Gen. 17. 16. Vers. 18. I will make memorie will mention and make to be remembred The inditer of this Psalme speaketh this to Christ and of his eternall kingdome and glory shall confesse thee shall celebrate or praise thee The Hebrew is Iehodu of it Iehudah had his name Gen. 29. 35. from which name his blessing was derived thou art Iudah thy brethren Iodu shall confesse thee Gen. 49. 8. This here is fitly applied to Christ the Lion of the tribe Iudah Revel 5. 5. and aye or and to perpetuitie PSAL. XLVI The confidence which the Church hath in God 5 The river that maketh glad the citie of God 6 His presence and helpe from enemies 9 An exhortation to behold his workes To the master of the musicke to the sons of Korach upon Alamoth a song GOd will be to us an hopefull shelter and a strength a helpe in distresses we shall find very great Therefore we will not feare though the earth change and though the mountaines be moved into the heart of the seas Though the waters thereof make a noise be muddy though the mountaines quake for the haughtinesse therof Selah A river the streames thereof shal make glad the citie of God the holy the dwelling places of the most high God in the mids of it it shall not be moved God will helpe it at the looking forth of the morning The nations made a noise the Kingdomes were moved he gave his voice the earth melted Iehovah of hosts is with us the God of Iakob a high refuge for us Selah Come on behold the workes of Iehovah who putteth wondrous desolations in the earth He maketh warres to cease unto the utmost end of of the earth he breaketh the bow and cutteth the speare the charriots he burneth in fire Surcease and know that I am God I will be exalted in the nations I will be exalted in the earth Iehovah of hosts is with us the God of Iakob a high refuge for us Selah Annotations ON Alamoth This seemeth to be some musicall instrument or tune 1 Chron. 15. 20. 〈◊〉 We may call it Uirginals or Virgin tunes having high and shrill voyces or notes for Alamoth signifieth also Virgins Song 1. 2. The originall word Alam signifieth Hid whereupon the Greeke translateth it here kruphioon hidden ones or hid things And the Chaldee after mention of the sonnes of Korah addeth by their hand was it spoken in prophesie at what time their father was hidden from them but they were delivered and said this song If it be not referred to the musicke it seemeth rather to intend the hid counsels of God appertaining to his Church in Christ. Vers. 2. we shall find to wit an helpe or in distresses that we shall find as in Ps. 116. 3. distresse and sorrow I did find that is did feele or fall into And thus the Greeke saith here in tribulations that have found us vehemently Or we may translate it hee is found that is God is present at hand as in Gen. 19. 15. thy daughters which are found that is which are present very great or very mightie vehement Vers. 3. though the earth or when the earth change to wit her place By the changing of the earth and removing of the mounts are often meant the alteration of states and polities Hag. 2. 22 23. Revel 6. 14. Ier. 51. 25. hart of the seas that is the middest or deepest bottomes of them as the Chaldee expoundeth it the gulfe of the great sea The like phrase is in Exod. 15. 8. Io◠2. 3. Prov. 23. 34. Vers. 4. be muddy or cast up mud that is rage or be troubled as the Greeke translateth it Waters are peoples Rev. 17. 15. Ier. 47. 2. and their restlesse stirre is likened to the seas that cast up mire and dirt and foame out their own shame Isa. 57. 20. Iude verse 13. for the haughtinesse the proud swelling rage and surges Vers. 5. A river the streames thereof or There is a flood whose riverets or streames In the earthly Ierusalem this may be meant of the river Kidron 2 Sam. 15. 23. Iob 18. 1. and the streames or lesser rivers of Gibon and Shiloah 2 Chron. 32. 4 30. Isa. 8. 6. In the heavenly Ierusalem there is a pure river of the water of life proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lambe Rev. 22. 1. Ezek 47. 1. c. See also Ioel 3. 18. Gen. 2. 10. Psal. 65. 10. But as waters sometimes signifieth peoples so here the Chaldee paraphraseth peoples as flouds the streams of them shal come make glad the citie of God and shall pray in the house of the Sanctuary of the Lord in the tabernacles of the most high the citie of God that is Ierusalem called also the citie of the great King Psal. 48. 3. the citie of Iehovah Isa. 60. 14. the holy citie Esay 52. 1. Matth. 4. 5 the holy meaning the holy place Sion or the Sanctuary there dwelling places or habitacles see Psal. 43. 3. Esay 4. 5. Vers. 6. at the looking forth of the morning that is as the Greeke explaineth it very early when the morning peereth or sheweth the face The like phrase is in Exod. 14. 27. Iudg. 19. 26. and so of the looking forth of the evening Gen. 24. 63. Deut. 23. 11. Vers. 7. gave his voice that is spake aloud or thundred See Psal. 18. 14. or gave with his voice but the word with or in seemeth to be superfluous in the Hebrew as else-where Ier. 12. 8. Psal. 68. 34. So to seeke in Iehovah 2 Chron. 34. 26. is to seeke Iehovah 2. King 22. 18. The Chaldee referreth it to Gods voice on mount Sinai whe◠the gave the Law to his people the nations were troubled the kingdomes trembled melted that is was dismaied with feare So Psal. 75. 4. and 107. 26. Exod. 15. 15. Amos 9. 5 13. Ios. 2. 9. Vers. 10. chariots or round shields as both the Greeke and Chaldee Paraphrast here taketh it but else-where it is not to found but for wagons very often Vers. 11. Surcease or Leave off see Psal. 37. 8. The Chaldee expounds it of Surceasing from wars PSAL. XLVII The nations are exhorted cheerefully to entertaine the kingdome of Christ. To the Master of the Musicke to the sonnes of Korach a Psalme ALl peoples clap ye hands shout triumphantly to God with voice of shrilling For Iehovah is high fearfull a great King over all the earth Hee hath subdued peoples under us and nations under our feet He hath chosen for us our inheritance the high excellencie of Iakob whom hee loveth Selah God is gone up with triumph Iehovah with voice of trumpet Sing Psalme to God sing Psalme sing Psalme to our King sing Psalme For God is King of all the earth sing an instructing Psalme God reigneth over the heathens God sitteth on the throne of his holinesse The bounteous Princes of the peoples are gathered the people of the God of Abraham for the shields of the earth
Vers. 6. my vowes that is my prayers made with vowes as the Saints used Gen. 28. 20. Iudg. 11. 30 31. Hereupon prayer is called in Greeke Proseuche of powring out vowes to God inheritance to them so the Greeke also hath it or given me the inheritance of them that is such a blessing as usually thou bestowest on such as feare thee The Chaldee paraphraseth thou hast given an inheritance in the world to come to them that feare thy name Vers. 7. Thou wilt adde or prayer-wise adde thou c. so the rest daies unto daies or upon daies that is a long life of the King meaning himselfe and specially Christ who was to be his Sonne after the flesh So the Chaldee saith of the King Christ. See Psalm 72. and 89. 21 30 37 38. Vers. 8. He shall sit to wit on the throne that is reigne or sit that is dwell or abide as Psalm 140. 14. prepare or appoint as his due and readie portion The Hebâ— is Man a name whereby that prepared meat was called which God gave his people from heaven Psal. 78. 24. Vers. 9. day by day or day and day that is daily The Hebrew usuall phrase is day day so Psal. 68 20. Gen. 39. 10. Isa. 58. 2. Exod. 16. 5. sometime day and day as Hest. 3. 4. 2 Cor. 4. 16. So two two Mark 6. 7. for two and two The Chaldee maketh this paraphrase when I pay my vowes in the day of the redemption of Israel and in the day when the King Christ shall be anointed to reigne PSAL. LXII David professing his confidence in God discourageth his enemies 6 repeateth his assured confidence Teacheth the people to trust in God not in worldly things 12 Power and mercie belong to God To the Master of the Musicke over Ieduthun a Psalme of David YEt surely unto God my soule keepeth silence from him is my salvation Surely he is my rocke and my salvation mine high defence I shall not be moved much How long wil ye endevour mischiefe against a man ye shall be killed all of you ye shall be as a bowed wall as a fence that is shooved at Surely they consult to thrust him downe from his high dignity they delight in a lye with his mouth each of them blesseth with their inward part they curse Selah Yet unto God my soule keepe thou silence for from him is my expectation Surely he is my rocke and my salvation mine high defence I shall not be moved In God is my salvation and my glory the rock of my strength my safe hope is in God Trust ye in him in all time O people powre out your heart before him God is a safe hope for us Selah Surely the sons of base man are vanity the sons of noble man are a lye in balances to mount up they together are lighter than vanitie Trust not yee in oppression and in robbery become not vaine if powerfull wealth do increase set not the heart theron Once did God speak twice heard I this same that strength pertaineth to God And to thee O Lord mercy for thou wilt pay to man according to his worke Annotations OVer Ieduthun â—hat is over Ieduthuns posteritie who was a singer in Israel 1 Chron. 25. 3. or to Ieduthun See also Psal. 39. 1. Vers. 2. Yet surely or Only It is an earnest affirmation against some contrary temptation or speech and excludeth also other things So vers 3 5 6 7 10. keepeth silence or is sileâ— or still that is quiet submisse and as the Greeke explaineth it subject the rebellious affections being tamed and subdued See also Psal. 4. 5. Vers. 3. moved much or moved with a great moving Persecuted but not forsaken cast downe but 〈◊〉 perish not as 2 Cor. 4. 9. for God giveth the issue with the temptation 1 Cor. 10. 1 3. The Chaldee expounds it I shall not be moved in the day of great affliction Vers. 4. endevour mischiefe this word is not found elsewhere in the Scripture It denoteth both a purpose in minde and a thrusting forward in act of any mischievous deed against a man in Chaldee against a gracious man So man here is used as in Jer. 5. 1. if yee can finde a man that is a just and godly man yee shall be killed or will yee be murdered violently killed Some Hebrew copies varying a point or vowell give it an active signification will ye murder This the Greek followeth but the former sense here fitteth best a fense wall or mure another word than the former shooved at or thrust namely for to fall as is expressed Psal. 118. 13. Hereby is meant a great and sudden ruine as Isa. 30. 13. Ezek. 13. 13 14. Vers. 5. from his high dignity or excellencie whereunto he was exalted of God David speaketh this of himselfe therefore the Greeke hath mine honour and blameth them here for oppâ—gning his dignity as he did before in Psal. 4. 3. they dâ—light or readily like of and accept oâ— a deceivable lie each of them blesseth Hebr. they blesse but his mouth leadeth us to minde it of all in general every one in particular Compare Psal. 5. 10. Blessing is used for faire words and sometimes flattery Rom. 16. 18. Vers. 6. my expectation that is my salvation expected and hoped for as vers 2. Vers. 9. in all time that is alwaies See Psal. 34 2. powre out your heart that is the desires of your heart your prayers with teares A similitude taken from powring out of waters as is expressed Lam. 2. 19. powre out thy heart like water before the face of the Lord. This was practised in Israel when they drew water from their heart and powred it out by their eyes before the Lord 1 Sam. 7. 6. A like phrase is of powring out the soule Psal. 42. 5. 1 Sam. 1. 15. The Chaldee maketh this paraphrase Cast downe before him the prides of your heart pray before him with all your heart and say God is our hope for ever Vers. 10. noble man hereby is meant men of all degrees high and low See the notes on Ps. 49. 3. in ballances to mount up or to ascend meaning that all men together if they be put in one ballaÌ„ce and vanity in another they will mount up that is be lighter than vanity it selfe And the word hebel vanity here used denoteth a vaine light thing as the breath of ones mouth or bubble on the water Vers. 11. in oppressâ—an that is in goods gotten by oppression extortion or fraudulent injâ—â—â—â—â— this word importeth guilefull wrong as the next more open violent robberie See also Isa. 30. 12. become not vaine that is foolish and vile in respect of others and deceiving your selves For to make vaine is to deceive Ier. 23. 16. and to wax vaine is to be vile and come to nothing Iob 27. 12. Ier. 〈◊〉 5. Rom. 1. 21. This instruction which concerneth all men David applieth to his souldiers that they should not give themselves to the
so the Greeke explaineth it well the Hebrew speaking of the good thing in generall comprehending the wholestore of pleasures and commodities 〈◊〉 Deu. 6. 11. Ge◠45. 23. The like here followeth holy for all holy things And among good things understand the principall the gift of the holy Ghost as that which in Matth. 7. 11. is good things in Luk. 11. 13. is called the holy Ghost Vers. 6. Fearefull things c. God out of his Tabernacle gave oracles and answers to his people Numb 7. 89. and from Heaven he answered to their prayers against their adversaries Psal. 3. 5. he answered alwaies things reverend and fearefull those farre off by sea whereby is meant not onely those upon the sea whose hope God is Psal. 107. 23. 28 c. but those also that dwell farre asunder disjoyned by the sea as in Ilands which wait for his law Isa. 42. 4. So the Chaldee interpreteth it and of the Iles of the sea which are disjoyned from the dry land or continent Vers. 7. O he that stablisheth or which setteth fast it is a continued speech to God as the words before and after manifest but the person changed for more passion like that in Iob 18. 4. O he that teareth his soule for O thou that tearest thy soule See the notes on Psal. 59. 10. mountaines hereby is often meant kingdomes polities and common-weales Ier. 51. 25. See Psal. 30. 8. The Chaldee understands it here of Gods preparing food for the wild Goats of the mountaines Vers. 8. of the seas waters signifie peoples Rev. 17. 15. and seas are the huge armies of peoples Ier. 51. 42. Esai 17. 12 13. All such as well as the naturall seas God asswageth See also Psal. 46. 7. Vers. 9. And they or When they feare utmost parts or borders to wit of the earth as is expressed Isa. 41. 5. the out-goings of morning c. This may be meant both of the successive course of day and night and of them that go out at morning and evening which be men to their labour and beasts for their prey as is shewed Psal. 104. 20 23. and of people inhabiting the East and West parts of the world Vers. 10. plenteously moistenest it This sense the Greeke yeeldeth the Hebrew also may be turned when thou hadst made it to desire raine or and givest it the desire thereof These things are spoken first of the land of Canaan as the Chaldee expoundeth thou remembrest the land of Israel which God visited and blessed continually as Moses telleth Deut. 11. 12. and spiritually are meant of Christs Church Ezek. 36. 8. 9 c. very much or with multitude to wit of riches or good things the streame or brooke riveret See Psal. 1. 3. and 46. 5. The Chaldee paraphraseth from the fountaine of God which is in heaven which is full of the showers of blessing of God that is with heavenly sweet and wholesome streames of waters not as Aegypt watered with mans labour but drinking waters of the raine of heaven Deut. 11. 10 11. The streame of God may here be taken for an excellent streame as mountaines of God Psal. 36. 7. and the word with is to be supplied Compare herewith Ioel. 3. 18. Rev. 22. 1. where a fountaine and pure river of water of life come forth from the Lords house and throne their corne theirs that dwell in thy land and house after that thou hast thus prepared the land and watered it thou makest it fruitfull Vers. 11. set lest the furrowes or the clods that is with raine thou causest the clods to lye close to cover the seed The Hebrew words being indefinite to settle c. have like signification with the former See Psal. 49. 15. and 77. 2. and 103. 20. makest it soft or meltest resolvest makest it moist with drops of raine that fall many See Psal. 72. 6. the bud or branch that which springeth up out of the earth This name is given to Christ himselfe Esai 4. 2. Zach. 3. 8. and 6. 12. Vers. 12. yeere of thy goodnesse that is thy good yeere which thou honourest with singular blessings So God commanding the Sabbath yeere promised to blesse the sixt yeere that it should bring forth fruit for three yeeres Lev. 25. 20 21. But the good yeere is that acceptable yere of the Lord which Christ preached Esai 61. 2. Luke 4. 19. thy pathes drop the clouds which are Gods chariot Psal. 104. 3. in which water is bound Iob 26. 8. and from which raine is dropped to cause the earth to fructifie Iob 36. 28. and 38. 26 27. And pathes here are properly such trackes as are made by chariot wheeles Vers. 13. of the wildernesse where there is no man Iob 38. 26. that grasse may grow for beasts Psal. 104. 14. Though sometime shepherds there feed their flocks as Exo. 3. 1. girded with gladnesse rejoycing for the store of grasse that grow on them on every side Things are figuratively said to be glad when they attaine unto abide in their naturall perfection so light is said to rejoyce when it shineth cleare and continually Prov. 13. 9. Vers. 14. the pastures or fields are cloathed that is covered abundantly stored with flockes of sheepe For fields the Greeke putteth Rams of the sheepe the Hebrew Carim signifieth both Esai 30. 23. and 34. 6. but the grammaticall construction and coherence here sheweth it rather to be fields or pastures PSAL. LXVI An exhortation to praise God 5 to observe his workes 8 to blesse him for his gracious benefits 13 The Prophet voweth religious service to God 16 Hee declareth Gods speciall goodnesse to him-selfe To the Master of the Musicke a Song a Psalme SHout ye unto God all the earth With Psalme sing the glory of his name put glory to his praise Say unto God how fearefull is every of thy workes through the greatnesse of thy strength thine enemies shall falsly deny to thee Let all the earth bow downe themselves to thee and sing Psalme to thee let them sing Psalme to thy name Selah Come and see the workes of God he is fearefull in his doing toward the sonnes of Adam He turned sea to dry land they passed thorow the River on foot there did wee rejoyce in him He ruleth with his power for ever his eyes espie among the nations the rebellious let them not exalt themselves Selah Ye peoples blesse our God and make the voice of his praise to be heard That putteth our soule in life and hath not given our foot to be moved For thou O God hast proved us thou hast tried us as silver is tried Thou hast brought us into the net thou hast laid straitnesse on our loines Thou hast caused men to ride upon our head we came into fire and into waters and thou hast brought us out to an abundant place I will come into thine house with burnt-offerings I will pay to thee my vowes Which my lips have opened and my mouth hath spoken in the distresse upon me
2 c. Vers. 15. judgement shall returne to justice that is severity to mercy the rigour of the Law changed to the clemency of the Gospell So judgement is often used for sentence of punishment as Ier. 52. 9. and justice for grace and mercy see Psal. 24. 5. Or judgement which in the affliction of Gods people and prosperity of the wicked seemeth to be parted from justice shall returne unto it when the godly are delivered and the wicked punished after it so the Greeke turneth it or after him meaning God Vers. 16. who will rise up or who standeth up namely to assist me meaning no man doth Vers. 17. an helpfulnesse that is a full helpe see Psal. 44. 17. in silence the place of stilnesse and silence that is the grave as the Greeke explaineth it so Psal. 115. 17. see also Psal. 49. 13. Vers. 18. is moved or slippeth see Ps. 38. 17. Vers. 19. my cogitations my carefull troubled thoughts perplexed as the branches of a tree for so the word properly signifieth therefore the Greeke turneth it sorrowes So Ps. 139. 23. Vers. 20. of wofull evils or of mischiefes the mischievous tyrannous throne of the unrighteous Iudge shall it have fellowship or be joyned with thee O God meaning it shall not as Shalt thou build 2 Sam. 7. 5. is Thou shalt not build 1 Chr. 17. 4. See also Psal. 5. 5. which frameth or he that frameth or formeth by a decree or for a statute a law V. 21. run by troupes combine and gather together as banded to fight in Greeke they hunt for V. 23. will turne Hebr. hath turned that is will assuredly turne in their malice or for their evill PSAL. XCV An exhortation to praise God 3 for his greatnesse 6 and for his goodnesse 8 A warning not to harden the heart against Gods word as Israel had done who therefore entred not into his rest COme let us shout joyfully to Iehovah let us shout triumphantly to the Rocke of our salvation Let us prevent his face with confession with Psalmes let us shout triumphantly to him For Iehovah is a great God and a great King above all gods In whose hand are the deepe places of the earth and the strong heights of the mountaines are his Whos 's the sea is for he made it and the dry land his hands have formed Come let us bow downe our selves bend downe let us kneele before Iehovah our maker For he is our God and we are the people of his pasture and sheepe of his hand to day if ye shall heare his voice Harden not your heart as in Meribah as in the day of Massah in the wildernesse Where your fathers tempted me proved me also saw my worke Fortie yeeres I was irked with ' that generation and said they are a people erring in hart and they know not my waies So that I sware in mine anger if they shall enter into my rest Annotations COme or Goe to The holy Ghost by David thus exhorteth Israel to laud the Lord and obey his voice For he penned this Psalme Heb. 3. 7. and 4. 7. the Rocke meaning Christ as the Apostle sheweth Heb. 3. 6 7. the Greeke translateth it God our Saviour Vers. 2. prevent come first and speedily Vers. 3. great God or great Potentate Ael So Christ is also intituled Tit. 2. 13. All Gods Angels Princes or false gods Psa. 8. 6. and 82. 6. and 96. 4 5. Vers. 4. deepe places or deepe closets Hebr. searchings that is deepe secret places for which search is made Iob 28. 1 2 c. and which cannot by mans search be found Iob 38. 4 5 6 18. strong heights or wearisome heights high mounts which weary men to climbe them but the word hath also a signification of strong and not being wearied Numb 23. 22. Vers. 7. of his hand that is of his guidance Psal. 77. 21. See also Psal. 100. 3. to day hereby is meant the whole time wherin Christ speaketh by his Gospell Heb. 3. 7 13 15. and 4. 7 8. Vers. 8. in Meribah that is in the Contention or Provocation as the Greeke turneth it The name of a place in the wildernesse where Israel contended with Moses and tempted the Lord saying Is the Lord among us or no because there was no water for the people to drinke Therefore he called the place Massah Tentation and Meribah Contention Exod. 17. 1 2 7. Also another place where againe they contended with Moses with the Lord Num. 20. 1 3 13. day of Massah that is of Tentation by day againe we may understand the whole space wherein they tempted God ten times as is said Num. 14. 22. so the day of salvation 2 Cor. 6. 2. is the time thereof Yet there was a speciall day and place of Tentation named Massah Ex. 17. 2 7. whereupon Moses warned the people Ye shall not tempt the Lord your God as ye tempted him in Massah Deut. 6. 16. Vers. 9. tempted me hereupon the Apostle saith they tempted Christ 1 Cor. 10. 9. my worke that is workes Heb. 3. 9. both in miraculous mercies giving them bread from heaven and waters out of the rockes c. Psal. 78. 15 23 c. and in punishments for their rebellions Psal. 78. 31 33 c. Heb. 3. 17. For worke sometime signifieth reward Psal. 109. 20. Iob 7. 2. Lev. 19. 13. Vers. 11. if they shall enter that is they shall not enter Heb. 3. 11. 18. a part of the oath is not uttered see Psal. 89. 36. This oath was made at Cadesh where the people through unbeleese refused to enter the promised land Num. 14. 21 22 23 30 32. Heb. 3. 17. 19. my rest the land of Canaan Deut. 12. 9. 1 Chron. 23. 25. a figure of a better rest which we that have beleeved the word doe enter into Heb. 4. 3. for if that land wherein now they were had beene their rest David would not have spoken of another there remaineth therfore a Rest for the people of God let us studie to enter into it Heb. 4. 8 9 11. PSAL. XCVI An exhortation to praise God for his greatnesse 5 The vanity of Idols 8 God onely is to be served 9 His reigne and judgement is to be shewed to the Gentiles SIng ye to Iehovah a new song sing ye to Iehovah all the earth Sing ye to Iehovah blesse ye his name preach the good tidings of his salvation from day to day Tell among the nations his glory among all peoples his marvellous workes For great is Iehovah and praised vehemently fearefull he is above all Gods For all the gods of the peoples are vaine idols but Iehovah made the heavens Glorious majesty and comely honour are before him strength and beauteous glory in his sanctuary Give to Iehovah yee kindreds of the peoples give to Iehovah glory and strength Give to Iehovah the glory of his name take up an oblation and come into his courts Bow downe your selves to Iehovah in the comely honour of the sanctuary
will runne the way of thy commandements when thou shalt inlarge my heart Psal. 119. 32. Vnder this promise of the Church is contained also the constant suffering of afflictions for and with Christ who being our Fore-runner and being consecrated through sufferings and so entring into his glory Heb. 2. 9. 10. Luke 24. 26. hath herein left us an example that we should follow his steps 1 Pet. 2. 21. and hath said If any man will come after me let him deny himselfe and take up his crosse daily and follow mee Luke 9. 23. Therefore it is written Let us lay aside every weight and the sinne which doth so easily beset us and let us run with patience unto the race that is set before us looking unto Iesus the author and finisher of our faith Heb. 12. 1. 2. into his chambers This sheweth the benefits which they finde that follow Christ they are brought not onely into the Kings palace as in Psal. 45. 16. but into his privy chambers the most secret safe and quiet roomes of his Palace Chambers are places of greatest secrecy 2 King 6. 12. Luke 12. 3. Matth. 6. 6. and of most safety Deut. 32. 25. Ezek. 21. 14. and in such the Bridegroom and Bride used to rejoyce together Ioel 2. 16. Iudg. 15. 1. Hereby is signified the revelation of the mystery of the Gospell the Secret of the Lord which is revealed to them that feare him Psal. 25. 14 and the spiritual comforts which they reape thereby for Eye hath not seene nor eare heard neither have entred into the heart of man the things which God hath prepared for them that love him but God hath revealed them unto us by his Spirit for the Spirit searcheth all things yea the deepe things of God and thus we have the mind of Christ 1 Cor. 2. 9. 10. 16. and are brought into such chambers as by knowledge are filled with all precious and pleasant riches Prov. 24. 4. Into them Paul as a friend of the Bridegroome endevoured with great strift to bring the Church that their hearts might be comforted being knit together in love and unto all riches of the fulnesse of understanding to the acknowledgement of the mystery of God and of the Father and of Christ in whom are hid all the treasures of wisedome and knowledge Coloss. 2. 1. 2. 3. In these chambers also the Saints are kept safe from evill Psal. 27. 5. delivered from the wrath and judgements of God due for their sinnes and comforted by the words of Christ against the persecution of men that in him they may have peace though in the world they have tribulation Ioh. 16. 33. Therefore unto them hee saith Come my people enter thou into thy chambers and shut thy doores about thee hide thy selfe for a very little moment untill the indignation be overpast Esa. 26. 20. Be glad and rejoyce be glad inwardly and rejoyce outwardly these comforts they finde in the Kings chambers whose Kingdome is not meat and drinke but righteousnesse and peace and joy in the Holy Ghost Rom. 14. 17. Wherefore they say I will greatly rejoyce in the Lord my soule shall be joyfull in my God for he hath clothed me with the garments of salvation he hath covered me with the robe of righteousnesse as a bridegroome decketh himselfe with ornaments and as a bride adorneth her selfe with jewels Esay 61. 10. and thus they rejoyce with joy unspeakeable and full of glory receiving the end of their faith even the salvation of their soules 1 Pet. 1. 8. 9. will remember thy loves or will record rehearse make-mention of thy loves more then wine or which are better then wine as in vers 2. The foresaid joy of the Saints redoundeth to the praise and glory of Christ whose loves manifested by his sufferings death resurrection ascension and the graces and benefits flowing from them to his Church are remembred inwardly recorded and mentioned outwardly For they with joy drawing water out of the wells of salvation doe say in that day Praise the Lord call upon his name declare his doings among the people make mention that his name is exalted Esay 12. 3. 4. I will mention the loving kindnesses of the Lord the prayses of the Lord according to all that the Lord hath bestowed on us and the great goodnesse towards the house of Israel which he hath bestowed on them according to his mercies and according to the multitude of his loving kindnesses Esay 63. 7. I will make mention of thy righteousnesse even of thine onely Psal. 71. 16. I will make thy name to bee remembred in every generation and generation therefore peoples shall confesse thee for ever and aye Psalme 45. 18. The upright love thee Hebr. uprightnesses or righteousnesses love thee whereby righteous or upright persons are meant the virgins fore-mentioned in vers 3. who have upright hearts and righteous conversation as pride in Ier. 50. 31. is for a proud person sin in Prov. 13. 6. is for a sinner thankesgivings in Nehem. 12. 31. for companies of thanksgivers and many the like So this fruit commeth by remembring and mentioning Christs loves that the righteous are confirmed and increased in love towards him more and more as the Apostle wrote to them that beleeved on the name of the Sonne of God that they might beleeve on the name of the Sonne of God that is might be confirmed continued and increased in their beleefe 1 Iohn 5. 13. The Hebrewes ignorant of Christ have applied these things unto Gods ancient mercies towards them in the giving of his Law as the Chaldee paraphrast saith When the people of the house of Israel was come out of Aegypt the divine-presence of the Lord of the world was their guide by the pillar of a cloud by day and by the pillar of fire by night The just men of that generation said O Lord of all the world Draw us after thee and wee will runne after the way of thy goodnesse and bring us neere to the bottome of the mount Sinai and give us thy Law out of thy treasure-house which is in the Firmament and we will be glad and rejoyce in the 22 letters with which it is written and we will remember them and will love thy Godhead and will depart from after the idols of the peoples and all just men which doe that which is right before thee shall feare thee and love thy commandements But the Law being the ministration of death though it was glorious hath no glory in respect of the ministration of the Spirit and of righteousnesse which exceedeth in glory 2 Cor. 3. 7. 10. Therefore the new Testament being now confirmed in Christ those former things which were figures and shadowes are no more remembred as was prophesied in Ier. 3. 16. Vers. 5. I am blacke Hitherto hath beene the Churches first speech unto Christ testifying her faith and love now follow her words to the daughters of Ierusalem against the scandals and offences that might arise for the
onely are to be seene the Sun hath looked downe Hereby afflictions and persecutions are meant as that in the Parable When the Sunne was up they were scorched is expounded when tribulation or persecution ariseth because of the word they are offended Matth. 13. 6. 21. So â—he signifieth that this her black hue was not her proper colour who is faire in Christ her beloved Song 1. 8. 15. but by accident God from heaven thus chastising her sinnes and exercising her faith and patience Lam. 1. 6. 13. 14. c. the sonnes of my mother that is either the children of the Church false brethren false Prophets and deceivers or inordinate lusts and sinnes which dwelt in her and were conceived with her in the wombe for with both these is the Spouse of Christ afflicted Of the first David complaineth I am become a stranger unto my brethren and an aliant unto my mothers sonnes Psalm 69. 9. And the Apostle saith Of your owne selves shall men arise speaking perverse things to draw away disciples after them Acts 20. 30. Such are called by the name of Israel and are come forth out of the waters of Iudah which swear by the name of the Lord and make mention of the God of Israel but not in truth nor in righteousnesse for they call themselves of the holy City c. Esay 48. 1. 2. Such might bee called the children of her mother though not of her father false brethren among whom the Saints are often in perill Gal. 2. 4. 2 Cor. 11. 26. who pretending faith and godlinesse doe dangerously oppose the same as the true Church Prophets Christ himselfe and his Disciples have found in all ages Of the second the Apostles tell us of lusts that war in our members Iames 4. 1. of fleshly lusts which warre against the soule 1 Per. 2. 11. and these may be called our mothers children because in sinne and in iniquity we have beene conceived and brought forth Psalme 51. 7. which sinne reviveth in us when the commandement of God commeth deceiveth us and slayeth us and under it wee are sold so that the good which we would that doe we not but the evill which we would not that doe we Rom. 7. 9. 11. 14. 19. angry with me or incensed against me or inflamed in me to weet with wrath to resist fight and war in mee and against me as the Greeke version saith fought in me or against me So this phrase is used in Esay 41. 11 All they that were incensed against thee shall be ashamed c. and in Esay 45. 24. all that are incensed against the Lord shall bee ashamed which being spoken there of outward enemies may also be applyed to our inward lusts as in Iam. 4. 1. 1 Pet. 2. 11. they made me or set put assigned mee the keeper of the vineyards where the Sun hath burnt me as in Matth. 20. 1. 12. they that laboured in the vineyard doe complain how they have borne the burden and heat of the day So in the captivity of Babylon the poore of the land of Israel were left to be Vine dressers and Husbandmen 2 King 25. 12. And spiritually it is said unto the Church the sons of the alient shall be your plowmen and your vine dressers Esay 61. 5. and the Kingdome of God committed into the hands of the Iewes is likened to a Uineyard let out unto Husbandmen Matt. 21. 33. 43. and in Song 8. 11. Solomon let out the vineyard unto keepers But here the vineyards opposed to her owne vineyard seeme to meane false Churches and in them the corruption of religion whereunto her mothers sonnes sought to draw her setting her to observe the ordinances and traditions of men or otherwise to undergoe their cruelty and wrath Thus the Pharisees made the word of God of none effect through their tradition which they had delivered Marke 7. 13. and bound heavy burdens and grievous to be borne and laid them on mens shoulders Matth. 23. 4. and so did false teachers in the Christian Churches Acts 15. 1. 10. Gal. 6. 12. 13. Coloss. 2. 20. 23. my vineyard which is mine or which appertaineth to me the keeping whereof is committed to me of God This phrase is againe used is Son 8. 12. my vineyard which is mine is before me Spiritually the Vineyard is the Church as in Esay 5. 7. the vineyard of the Lord of hosts is the house of Israel and the men of Iudah his pleasant plant the keeping of or labouring in this vineyard is the performing of the charge and duty which God hath laid upon every one therein that so they may yeeld unto him the fruits of his owne graces Mat. 21. 33. 34. Esay 5. 2. 7. I have not kept either through her owne infirmity or negligence or others tyranny or both For as the Apostle complaineth that he did not what he would but what he hated and found not how to performe that which is good Rom. 7. 15. 18. so of the sloathfull man Solomon sheweth how he went by the vineyard of the man void of understanding and loe it was all growne over with thornes nettles had covered the face thereof c. Prov. 24. 30. 31. And by outward violence and persecution the Church may be scattred abroad Acts 8. 1. and when Iudah was captived the solemn feasts and sabbaths were forgotten in Zion c. Lam. 2. 6. c. And oftentimes for the sinnes of his people God sendeth persecution and afflictions upon them Esay 5. 2. 5. 6. Lam. 1. 14. 18. 22. The Chaldee Paraphrast expoundeth this verse thus The Congregation of Israel sayd before the peoples Despise me not because I am blacker then you because I have done worke like yours and have worshipped the Sunne and Moon for false Prophets they have been the cause that the fierce wrath of the Lord hath come downe upon me and they learned me to serve your idols and to walke in your statutes but the Lord of the world who is my God him have I not served nor walked in his statutes neither have I kept his precepts and his Law Vers. 7. Tell me or Shew declare unto me A third request which the Church maketh unto Christ for instruction in the administration of his Kingdome here on earth that as hee had formerly made her partaker of his heavenly calling so he would direct her further unto the place where and manner how he feedeth his flocke in his publike Assembly the Church whereunto the Lord addeth daily such as shall be saved Acts 2. 47. that there she may be under his government enjoy his ordinances increase in knowledge faith and all other graces may be strengthned against tentations and afflictions So men are commanded Seeke the Lord and his strength seeke his face continually Psalme 105. 4. And Vnto the place which the Lord your God shall chuse out of all your tribes to put his name there even unto his habitation shall ye seeke and thither thou shalt come c. Deut.
the spoile Esa. 5. 5. Psal. 80. 12. Hereby is signified on Gods part the protection of his Church for he is unto Ierusalem a wall of fire round about Zach. 2. 5. strengtheneth the barres of her gates Psal. 147. 13. he keepeth his Vineyard and watereth it every moment lest any hurt-it he keepeth it night and day Esa. 27. 3. Againe on the Churches part it signifieth her care to keepe her selfe and all her plants and fruits holy chast and pure unto her beloved onely opening the gates that the righteous nation which keepeth the truths may enter in Esa. 26. 2. but keeping watch lest the enemies should invade lest the uncleane or any thing that defileth should enter thereinto 2 Chro. 23. 19. Revel 21. 27. As on the contrary secure and carelesse people are said to dwell without walls barres or gates Ezek. 38. 11. Ier. 49. 31. a spring to weet a water-spring in Hebrew Gal so named of the rolling and waving of the waters that flow therefrom This is to signifie that the garden of Christs Church is watered with his graces and so made fruitfull and joyfull Ezek. 31. 4. 5. Ioh. 7. 38. 39. Esa. 44. 3. 4. as it is promised the Lord will satisfie thy soule in droughts and make fat thy bones and thou shalt be like a watered garden and like a spring of water whose waters faile not Esa. 58. 11. locked or barred that is kept close from enemies that the waters of grace may be thine onely This signifieth as before Gods speciall favour and protection for his Church and her care to keepe her selfe and hers pure to the Lord. Wherefore Solomon to teach spirituall chastitie useth this parable Drinke water out of thine owne cisterne and running waters out of thine owne well Let thy fountains be dispersed abroad and rivers of waters in the streetes Let them be onely thine owne and not strangers with thee Let thy fountaine be blessed and rejoyce with the wife of thy youth c. Pro. 5. 15. 18. sealed Hereby is figured the confirmation of grace to Christs people as sealing meaneth in Ier. 32. 20. Ioh. 3. 33. 2 Cor 1. 22. Ephes. 1. 13. and the deserving of this grace to them onely as that which is sealed is not communicated with others nor knowne unto them Esa. 29. 11. Dan. 12. 4. 9. and so it is said Binde up the testimonie seale the Law among my disciples Esa. 8. 16. Vers. 13. Thy plants or thy shoots the Hebrew and Greeke words have both of them the name of sending forth that is of shooting or growing and so of bringing forth leaves flowers and fruits Hereby the members of the Church are meant planted and made fruitfull by Christ and here the garden of the Church is like the garden in Eden out of which ground the Lord God made to grow every tree pleasant to sight and good for food Genes 2. 8. 9. And this is the second blessing of the Church that it is replenished with wholesome sweet and precious plants an ortyard or a paradise so called of the Hebrew Pardes and Greeke Paradoisos a place set with trees as appeareth by Eccles. 2. 5. and is therefore sometime used for a Parke or Forrest Nehem. 2. 8. pomegranats or pomegranattrees granate-apples so named because they are full of granes or kernels hereupon the Chaldee paraphraseth The yong men are filled with thy precepts or as Iarchi explaineth it full of good workes like pomegranates precious-things or dainties pleasant-things with store of these the land of Ioseph was blessed Deut. 33. 13. 16. The Holy Ghost seemeth to have respect unto this name in Revel 18. 14. fruits or apples in Greeke opora that thy soule lusted after Cypres Cypres-clusters for the word is of the plurall number or Camphire fruits see the notes on Song 1. 14. Spike-nard this is also in the forme plurall Spikenards or Nards which is framed of the Hebrew name Nerd whence the Greeke Nardos and Latine Nardus is also borrowed And it is here used plurally whereas in the next verse it is singular either to imply all sorts of Nard for there bee divers kindes or the cares and leaves of Nard both which are in use for sweet smell The herbe which we call Lavender is named Psâ—udo-nard as being a base kinde of Nard but nothing so sweet or precious as the true see the notes on Song 1. 12. Vers. 14. Saffron in Hebrew Carcom we call it Saffran of the Arabik Tsaphran or Zafran so named of the yellow colour it is not mentioned in Scripture but in this one place Calamus or sweet Cane or sweet Reed this with the Cinamon following were used in the composition of the holy anointing oile Exod. 30. 23. see the Annotations there Frankincense this was used in the holy incense as the Myrrh following was in the annointing oile see Exod. 30 34. 23. Aloes or Lign-aloes it was used also to perfume with for the sweet smell thereof see Numb 24. 6. Psal. 45. 9. Prov. 7. 17. chiese spices or heads of spices see Exod. 30. 23. By these fruits are signified the manifold graces in Christians which are precious and sweet before God and all good people such are the fruits of the Spirit mentioned in Gal. 5 22. 23. Contrary to these are the roots of bitternesse that beare gall and wormewood which are diligently to bee looked unto lest they spring up and so trouble defile the garden of the Church Heb. 12. 15. Deut. 29. 18. Vers. 15. Fountaine of the gardens This seemeth to be the speech of the Spouse unto Christ O thou the Fountaine c. whereby she acknowledgeth a third blessing to make her fruitfull abundance of water and that all the former graces which hee so praised her for doe proceed from him who is the fountaine that watereth all the gardens his Churches as in Ier. 2. 13. God calleth himselfe the fountaine of living waters From the fountaine rivers doe run as in Psal. 104. 10. which water the gardens and plants in them so making them greene and fruitfull as in Ezek. 31. 4. 5. The waters made him great the deepe set him up on high with her rivers running about his plants c. But when the desolation of the Church is threatned it is likened to a garden that hath no water Esa 1. 30. Here Christ by his doctrine and spirituall graces refresheth his Churches and all their plants satisfieth their soule in drought and maketh fat their bones that their soule is like a watered garden and they shall not sorrow any more at all Ier. 31. 12. Esa. 58. 11. living waters that is springing and running waters which dry not up with heat nor putrifie but are alwaies wholesome and give life So Christ giveth living water of which whosoever drinketh at shall be in him a well of water springing up into everlasting life Ioh. 4. 10. 14. and saith He that beleeveth on me c. out of his belly shall flow rivers of living water speaking
impose their hands upon the head of the Ram. And thou shalt kill the Ram and take of his blood and put upon the tip of the right eare of Aaron and upon the tip of the right eare of his Sons and upon the thumbe of their right hand and upon the great toe of their right foot And shalt sprinkle the blood upon the altar round about And thou shalt take of the blood which is upon the Altar and of the anointing oile and shalt sprinkle upon Aaron and upon his garments and upon his Sonnes and upon the garments of his Sons with him and he shall be sanctified and his garments and his sonnes and his sonnes garments with him And thou shalt take of the Ram the fat and the rumpe and the fat that covereth the inwards and the caule above the liver and the two kidneyes and the fat which is upon them and the right shoulder for it is a ram of filling the hand And one loafe of bread and one cake of oile bread and one wafer out of the basket of unlevened cakes which is before Iehovah And thou shalt put al on the palmes of-the-hands of Aaron on the palmes-of-the-hands of his Sonnes and thou shalt wave them for a wave offring before Iehovah And thou shalt receive them from their hand and shalt burne them upon the Altar for a Burnt-offring for a savour of rest before Iehovah it is a Fire offring unto Iehovah And thou shalt take the brest of the ram of the filling of the hand which is for Aaron and wave it for a wave offring before Iehovah and it shall be thy part And thou shalt sanctifie the brest of the wave offring and the shoulder of the heave-offring which is waved w ch is heaved-up of the ram of the filling of the hand of that which is for Aaron of that which is for his Sons And it shall be Aarons and his Sonnes by a statute for ever from the sonnes of Israel for it is an heave-offring and it shall be an heave-offring from the sons of Israel of the sacrifices of their peace-offrings even their heave-offring unto Iehovah And the garments of holinesse which are Aarons shall be his sonnes after him to be anointed in them and to fill their hand in them Seven daies shall he that is Priest in his stead of his sonnes bee clad in them when hee shall come into the Tent of the Congregation to minister in the Holy Place And thou shalt take the Ram of the filling of the hand and shalt seeth his flesh in the holy place And Aaron and his sons shall eate the flesh of the Ramme and the bread which is in the basket at the doore of the Tent of the Congregation And they shall eate those things with the which atonement-was-made to fill their hand to sanctifie them and a stranger shall not eate of them because they are holy And if there remaine of the flesh of the filling of the hand of the bread unto the morning then thou shalt burn the remainder w th fire it shall not be eaten because it is holy And thou shalt doe unto Aaron and to his Sonnes thus according to all which I have commanded thee seven dayes shalt thou fill their hand And thou shalt make ready for every day a bullocke for a sinne offring for atonements and thou shalt purifie the altar when thou makest atonement for it and thou shalt anoint it to sanctifie it Seven daies thou shalt make atonement for the altar and sanctify it the altar shal be Holy of holies whatsoever toucheth the altar shall be holy And this is that which thou shalt make ready upon the altar two lambes of the first yeere day by day continually The one lambe thou shalt make ready in the morning and the other lambe thou shalt make ready betweene the two evenings And a tenth deale of floure mingled with the fourth part of an Hin of beaten oile and for a drinke-offring the fourth part of an Hin of wine for the one lambe And the other lambe thou shalt make ready betweene the two evenings according to the meat offring of the morning and according to the drinke-offring thereof shalt thou make for it for a savour of rest a Fire offring unto Iehovah This shall be a continuall burnt-offring throughout your generations at the doore of the Tent of the congregation before Iehovah where I will meet with you to speake unto thee there And I will meet there with the Sons of Israel and he shall be sanctified by my gloty And I will sanctifie the Tent of the congregation and the altar Aaron his Sons I will sanctifie to minister-in-the-priests-office unto me And I will dwell amongst the sonnes of Israel and will befor a God unto them And they shall know that I am Iehovah their God that broght theÌ„ forth out of the Land of Egypt that I may dwell amongst them I Iehovah their God Annotations THE thing Hebrew the word the Greek saith these things God having chosen Aaron and his seed to bee Priests unto him entreth them into their office by many rites as Washing Clothing Anointing Sprinkling and Offring of sacrifices for their consecration bullocke in Hebrew Par which is greater then a calfe but not so great as an oxe The Hebrew Doctors thus distinguish them Wheresoever it is said g 〈…〉 gel a calfe that is a yong one of the first yeare but par a bullocke is a yong one of the second yeere Maimony treat of Sacrifices Chap. 1. Sect. 14. yongling of the herd or yong oxe Hebrew sonne of the oxe or of the herd The Greeke saith of the oxen See the fulfilling of this precept in Levit 8. 〈…〉 es these were also of the second yeere 〈◊〉 lambes were of the first perfect thâ—â— is without blemish want superfluitie or deformitie See the notes on Exod. 12. 5. These sacrifices figured Christ who was without blemish without 〈◊〉 1 Pet. 1. 19. Ver. 2. unlevened which signified sinceritie and in 〈…〉 ruption See Ex. 12. 8. 15. oile which sign 〈…〉 d the graces of Gods Spirit 1 Ioh. 2. 27. See the notes on Exod. 30. 25. flowre the best part of the principall grain called somtime the fat of wheat Deut. 32. 14. with such God spiritually feedeth his Charch Psal. 81. 17. and 147. 14. Such bread signified Christ also whom the Father giveth us to feed upon Ioh. 6. 32. 33. V. 4. the Tent the whole Tabernacle or Habitation of God is so called of one principall part therof Exod. 26. called the Tent of Congregation or of meeting because there the people assembled and there God met with them as after in v. 43. Here the Priests were to be presented before God and before the people who were also there gathered together Lev. 8. 3. So the ministers of Christ were ordained in the Churches Act. 14. 23. and 6. 5. 6. water out of the sanctified Laver Exo. 30. 18. 19. for it was made
and anointed and set in the Lords Court before the priests were consecrated Exod. 40. 7. 11. 12. Lev. 8. 6. This signified the washing from sin which is the first part of purification by the blood of Christ wherof they that come neere unto God for to serve him acceptably must be partakers Psal. 51. 9. Esay 1. 16. Rev. 1. 5. Heb. 9. 13. 14. and 10. 22. V. 5. clad or put upon Aaron figuring the next worke of Gods grace after the washing away and forgivenesse of sinne to impart the gifts of righteousnesse and salvation Ps. 132. 9. 16. The order of clothing as appeareth by the Scripture in Lev. 8. and is distinctly recorded by the Hebr. Doctors was thus He put on the breeches first and girded them higher then the navel above his loynes After that he put on the coat and then he girded the girdle wrapping it about his brest After the girdle hee put on the Robe and over the Robe the Ephod Brestplate and girded him with the curious girdle of the Ephod over the robe and under the Brest plate Afterward he wrapped the Miter about his head and fastened the golden plate thereupon Maimony treat of the Implements of the Sanctuary c. 10. s. 1 c. These rites which Israel learned or God were after corruptly imitated by the Gentiles whose priests were washed before their consecration continued in the preparation to their priesthood ten dais without eating flesh or drinking wine were arrayed with 12. robes as Aaron was with eight and those of bysse or fine linnen painted or embroidered with divers colours besides daily sacrificing solemne feasting the like as L. Apuleius sheweth in Asin. aur lib. 11. fitly gird here the Hebr. is Aphad frō whence the name of the Ephod is derived and so named as here appeareth of being aptly girded unto him 〈◊〉 G 〈…〉 Chald. versions here expound it Th◠g 〈…〉 ding is observed by Maimony to be about the 〈…〉 ot the loines and whereas in Ezek. 44. 18. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈…〉 d they shall not gird themselves in the sweating 〈◊〉 their Ionathan the ancient Chaldee par 〈…〉 expoundeth it not upon their loines but upon their heart And this manner of girding the Holy Ghost observeth in our high Priest Christ who appeared girded about the paps with a golden girdle Revelations 1. 13. As all girding signifieth a ready preparation and strengthening unto any service Luk. 12. 35. Esay 5. 27. Act. 12. 8. so this is in speciall for the heart of the Priests to be girded with Truth as Paul expoundeth it Ephesians 6. 14. So Christs ministers are likened to Angels comming out of the Temple clothed in pure and white linnen and girded about the brests with golden Girdles Rev. 15. 6. Verse 6. fasten or put Hebrew give See the notes on Exodus 28. 15. Crowne of holinesse that is holy Crowne or Diadem meaning the golden Plate fore-spoken of Exod. 28. 36. and 39. 30. Leviticus 8. 9. called here Nezer that is a Separation because it was a signe of separation and exemption from other men Therefore the Diadem of Kings was called Nezer 2 Samuel 1. 10. Psal. 89. 40. and here it is the ornament of the High Priest to denote his dignitie So the Greeke calleth it Petalon to Hagiasma as the Plate was before named in Exod. 28. 36. Verse 7. anointing oile the making hereof is after shewed Exodus 30. 23. c. anoint this third thing signified the communication of the graces of Gods Spirit 1 Iohn 2. 27. as it is sayd The Spirit of the Lord God is upon mee because the Lord hath anointed mee c. Esay 61. 1. And this for to cause the odour of his administration to spread abroad unto the comfort of the Church dwelling together in love and vnitie Psalme 133. 2. 2 Cor. 2. 14. 15. 16. Anoint is in Hebrew Mashach whereupon the high Priest and King that was anointed was called Mashiach or Messias Leviticus 4. 3. 1 Samuel 12. 3. 5. which Messias is in Greeke Christ and is the name of the Sonne of God our Saviour Dan. 9. 25. Iohn 1. 41. Verse 9. fill the hand namely with parts of the sacrifices which after they were waved in the priests hand were burnt on the altar verse 2◠24. 25. This is usually called consecration the Greeke calleth it perfecting because hereby the priest was fully and perfectly authorized to doe the Priests office And this word Paul useth in Greeke writing of the priesthood of the Sonne of God who is perfected or consecrated for ever Heb. 7. 28. By this manner of calling God shewed that none might take in hand to minister before him unlesse the things were first put into his hand for a signe of his calling from God Ioh. 3. 27. Heb. 5. 4. 5. But in Ieroboams priests it was otherwise when whosoever would he filled his hand and became a priest of the high places 1 King 13. 33. V. 10 the bullock which was to be a sin-offring for the Priest ver 14. So all sacrifices which the high priest offred for his sins were bullocks which were not so for other ordinary men Levit. 4. 3. 23. 28. impose their hands with making confession of their sinnes Levit. 5. 5. 6. and 16. 21. by which rite they disburdened themselves of their sinnes and layd them on the head of the sacrifice to bee killed which was a figure of Christ killed for our sins upon whom the Lord layd the iniquitie of us all Esay 53. 6. 7. 8. This imposition of hands was to be done by every man that brought a sacrifice for his sins Lev. 4. 24. 29. the manner whereof the Iewes have recorded thus There is no imposing of hands but in the Courtyard if he lay on hands without hee must lay them on againe within None may impose hands but a cleane person In the place where hands are imposed there they kill the beast immediately after the imposition Hee that imposeth must doe it withall his might with both his hands upon the beasts head not upon the necke or sides and there may bee nothing betweene his hands and the beast If the sacrifice bee of the most holy things it standeth on the North side as Levit. 1. 11. with the face to the West the imposer standeth East-ward with his face to the West and layeth his two hāds betweene the two horues and confesseth sin over the sin-offring and trespasse over the trespasse offring c. and saith I have sinned I have committediniquity I have trespassed and done thus and thus and doe returne by repentance before thee and with this I make atonement Maimony in treat of the Offring of Sacrifices ch 3. Sect. 11. c. Vers. 11. thou shalt kill Moses now at first did extraordinarily by Gods appointment those things which were peculiar to the priests office afterward so consecrating and instructing them for time to come Ver. 12. the altar which was most holy and sanctified the sacrifice v. 37.
the veil c. that he died not because God would appeare in the cloud upon the Mercie-seat Lev. 16. 2. Vers. 36. journeyed in all their journeyes and in the place where the cloud abode there the sons of Israel pitched their tents Al the daies that the cloud dwelled upon the Tabernacle whether it were a day or daies or a Moneth or a yeere they rested in the tents and journeyed not when the cloud was taken up whether it were by day or by night then they journeyed At the mouth of the Lord they pitched their tents and at the mouth of the Lord they journeyed they kept the charge or watch of the Lord Num. 9. 17. 23. This token of Gods guidance and protection of his people continued with Israel whiles they travelled in the wildernesse which grace the generations following remembred to the praise of God Neh. 9. 19. Ps. 78. 14. and 105. 39. V. 38. the cloud of Iehovah which in Thargum Ierusalemy is called the cloud of the glorie of Shecinah the Divine presence of the Lord. and fire At evening there was upon the Tabernacle as it were the appearance of fire untill the morning so it was alway the cloud covered it by day and the appearance of fire by night Numb 9. 15. 16. Hereby was figured the guidance and protection of the Church by Christ under the Gospel whereof it is written The Lord will create upon every dwelling place of mount Sion and upon her assemblies a Cloud and smoake by day and the shining of a flaming fire by night for upon all the glorie shall be a defence Esay 4. 5. The number of the Sections or Lectures in Exodus are eleven the verses 1209. The middest is at Exodus 22. 28. Remember the Law of Moses my servant which I commanded him in Horeb for all Israel with the Statutes and Iudgements Malach. 4. 4. By the Law is the knowledge of Sinne Rom. 3. 20. The Law worketh wrath for where no Law is there is no transgression Rom. 4. 15. By the works of the Law shall no flesh be justified Gal. 2. 16. The Law was our Schoolemaster to bring us unto Christ Gal. 3. 24. Christ is the end of the Law for righteousnesse to every one that beleeveth Rom. 10. 4. ANNOTATIONS VPON THE THIRD BOOKE OF MOSES CALLED LEVITICVS VVHEREIN BY CONFERRING THE HOly Scriptures by comparing the Greeke and Chaldee versions and mouments of the Hebrewes the Sacrifices and other legall Ordinances heretofore commanded of God to the Church of Israel are explained BY HENRY AINSWORTH HEB. 7. 19. The Law made nothing perfect but the bringing in of a better hope by the which wee draw nigh unto God HEB. 10. 14. By one offring Christ hath perfected for ever the m that are sanctified HEB. 13. 15. By him therefore let us offer the sacrifice of praise to God continually that is the fruit of our lips confessing to his name LONDON ¶ Printed by Miles Flesher for John Bellamie and are to be sold at his shop neere the ROYALL EXCHANGE 1626. The Summe of LEVITICVS THis third Booke of Moses containeth the Law of Sacrifices and rites concerning them of Sacrificers and their holy ministration in the Sanctuary of the peoples sanctification from all outward and inward pollutions of religious actions to be done by the body of the Church and all the members thereof publikely and privately of the place where and times when Gods worship was chiefly to be performed with a confirmation of the whole Law by promises and threatnings All which God speaking out of the Tabernacle in the wildernesse declared unto Israel by the hand of Moses in the first moneth of the second yeere after their deliverance out of the land of Egypt which was in the yeere from the creation of the World 2514 More particularly GOD teacheth Israel how to sacrifice their Burnt offrings Chap. 1 The Meat-offring of flowre cakes wafers and first fruits 2 The Sacrifice of Peace-offrings of the herd or flocke 3 Sin-offrings for the Priest Congregation Ruler and private man 4 Trespass-offrings of sundry sorts for sundrie sinnes 5 Lawes more particularly touching the former sacrifices 6 Lawes touching the Trespass-offring and Peace-offrings Fat and Blood 7 The consecration of Aaron and his sons to the Priesthood 8 Aarons first offrings for himselfe and the people consumed by fire 9 Aarons sonnes transgress and are slaine of God Lawes for the Priests 10 The Law for cleane and uncleane beasts fowles fishes c. 11 Of a womans purification after child-birth 12 Of discerning Leprosie and judging it in men and in garments 13 Of clensing Lepers that are healed Of Leprosie in houses 14 Of the uncleane by runningyssues and their purification 15 Of the high Priests service on Atonement day to cleanse the Sanctuarie and reconcile the Church unto God once in the yeere 16 The place of sacrificing Against eating blood torne things c. 17 Against unlawfull copulations idolatrie and heathenish customes 18 Sundry lawes for holiness and righteousnes and against sins 19 Punishments for idolaters fornicators and other the like 20 Special holiness and perfection required in the Priests 21 Vncleane priests may not minister Sacrifices must be unblemished 22 The solemne feasts at certaine times of the yeere 23 Provision for Lamp oile and Shew-bread A blasphemer is stoned 24 Of the seventh or Sabbath yeere and Iubile with their rites 25 Promises and threatnings to confirme the Law of God 26 A law concerning Vowes devoted things and tithes 27 Ye shall be holy for I Iehovah your God am holy Lev. 19. 1. THE THIRD BOOKE OF MOSES CALLED LEVITICVS CHAPTER I. 1 God giveth by Moses a Law unto Israel touching the Burnt-offerings 3 of the herd 10 of the flock 13 of the fowles AND hee called unto Moses and Iehovah spake unto him out of the Tent of the Congregation saying Speake unto the sons of Israel say unto thē when any man of you shal offer an oblation to Iehovah of the cattell of the herd of the flock ye shall offer your oblation If his oblation be a Burnt-offring of the herd let him offer it a male perfect at the doore of the Tent of the congregation shall he offer it for his favourable acceptation before Iehovah And he shall lay his hand upon the head of the Burnt-offring and it shall be favourably accepted for him to make-atonement for him And hee shall kill the yongling of the herd before Iehovah and the sons of Aaron the Priests shall bring neere the blood and shall sprinkle the blood upon the Altar round about which is by the doore of the Tent of the congregation And he shall flay the Burnt-offring and shall cut it into the peices therof And the sons of Aaron the priest shall put fire upon the Altar and shall lay the wood in-order upon the fire And the sonnes of Aaron the priests shall lay in order the pieces the head the fat upon the wood w ch is on the
fire which is upon the altar And the inwards thereof and the legs thereof hee shall wash in water and the priest shall burne all upon the Altar it is a Burnt-offring a Fire offring of a favour of rest unto Iehovah And if his oblation be of the flocke of the sheepe or of the goats for a Burnt-offring he shall offer it a male perfect And he shall kill it at the side of the altar northward before Iehovah and the sonnes of Aaron the priests shall sprinkle the blood therof upon the altar round about And hee shall cut it into the pieces thereof and the head therof and the fat thereof and the Priest shall lay them in order upon the wood which is on the fire which is upon the altar And the inwards and the legs he shall wash in water and the Priest shall offer all and burne it upon the altar it is a Burnt-offring a Fire offring of a savour of rest unto Iehovah And if the Burnt-offring his oblation to Iehovah be of the fowle then hee shall offer his oblation of turtle-doves or of yong pigeons And the Priest shall bring it neere unto the altar and he shall cut-with his naile the head thereof and burne it on the altar and the blood thereof shall bee wrung out upon the side of the altar And hee shall plucke away the crop thereof with the feathers of the same and shall cast it beside the altar eastward into the place of the ashes And he shall cleave it with the wings therof he shal not divide it-asunder and the Priest shall burne it upon the altar upon the wood which is upon the fire it is a Burnt-offring a Fire offring of a savour of rest unto Iehovah Annotations LEviticus this name the booke hath from the Greeke translation because it chiefly treateth of the service and sacrifices which the Levites used in the Tabernacle The Hebrew name is of the first word of the booke Vajikra that is And he called See the like noted upon Genesis Exodus Vers. 1. And he namely the Lord whose glory had filled the Tabernacle Exod. 40. 35. called unto Moses So the Greeke also explaineth it and Thargum Ierusalemy thus And the word of the Lord called unto Moses This booke is by the word And joyned to the former as a continuance of the historie And here beginneth the 24. Section or lecture of the Law wherof see Gen. 6. 9. called The last letter of this word in Hebrew is written extraordinarily small where in the Hebrew Doctors suppose some mystery to bee implyed The manner of calling was by a voice from the mercy-seat upon the Arke Numb 7. 89. Exod. 25. 22. that being a figure of Christ signified how God by him would teach Israel how they should serve him in spirit and truth Ioh. 1. 17. Heb. 1. 1. And God spake not with a lowd thundering voice as he did on mount Sinai but with a soft low voice which the small letter seemeth to intimate The phrase he called and Iehovahs name being mentioned after is like that in Exod. 24. 1. he said come up unto Iehovah Tent or as the Chaldee translateth it Tabernacle where God and his people met at appointed times as he promised Exodus 25. 22. and 30. 36. In Greeke it is the Tent or Tabernacle of testimonie by which name Moses also calleth it in Numb 1. 53. and Stephen in Act. 7. 44. As the Tabernacle principally figured Christ Heb. 9. 11. Ioh. 2. 19 21. so God speaking now from it who before had spoken on mount Sinai signified how in the last dayes hee would speake unto us in the Sonne who by himselfe should purge our sins Heb. 1. 1. 2. 3. Vers. 2. offer an oblation or an offring or bring neere a gift called in Hebrew Korban of comming neere unto God thereby the Greek usually translateth it doron a gift and so doth the Holy Ghost in Mark 7. 11. Mat. 5. 23. and 8. 4. and 23. 18. Hebr. 5 1. And to bring-neere to weet unto God is to offer unto him for one of these is used for another as in 1 Chor. 16. 1. they brought neere Burnt-offrings for which in 2 Sam. 6. 17. is written David offred Burnt offrings These offrings under the Law were figures of Christs offring who gave himselfe for us Heb. 10. and by whom wee also present our bodies a living sacrifice holy acceptable unto God Rom. 12. 1. and doe draw nigh unto God Heb. 7. 19. and offer by him the sacrifice of praise unto God continually Heb. 9. 11. 12. 14. and 13. 15. For the legal sacrifices could not make him that did the service perfect as pertaining to the conscience Heb. 9. 9. And so the wise among the Hebrewes doe acknowledge their ignorance concerning the truth of these mysteries untill the spirit from above be powred out upon them yet supposing that they signified the offrings which Michael offreth of the soules of the just as saith R. Menachem on Levit. 1. But unto us the Apostles have opened these parables and shewed their full accomplishment by Michael that is Christ Heb. 7. and 8. and 9. and 10. Rev. 12. 7. the herd or the Beeves or Bulls as the Chaldee expounds them These cattel of the herd and flock were the principall sacrifices both among Iewes and Gentiles as the law here and Balaams historie Numb 23. 1. 14. 29. and heathen writers manifest Homer Iliad 1. flocke the word comprehendeth sheepe and goats as is explained in verse 10. No beasts might bee sacrificed to God but these three sorts beeves sheepe or goats nor any fowles but turtle-doves and pigeons verse 14. These five kindes of living creatures which onely might bee offred to God are of the most tame and meeke profitable and serviceable harmelesse sociable c. and so were fittest to signifie the like things in Christ and his people God appointed not that men should bee killed for sacrifices although the heathens and idolatrous Israelites sometimes killed such Psalme 106. 37. 38. because as it was not possible that the blood of Bulls and of Goats should take away sins Heb. 10. 4 so neither could the blood of men but God that is Christ was to purchase his Church with his owne blood Act. 20. 28. Verse 3. Burnt-offring called in Hebrew G 〈…〉 lah that is an Ascension in Greeke Holocautoma Hebrewes 10. 6. that is an whole-burnt-offring this was the first and principall sacrifice wherewith God was served every day by the Church of Israel Numbers 28. 3. The reason of the name is shewed on Genesis 8. 20. where also it appeareth that this kinde of sacrifice was not now first instituted but observed from the beginning and kept among the Gentiles Numbers 23. 1. 2. 3. 2 Kings 3. 27. and 5. 17. The signification was of Christ that through the eternall spirit offred himselfe unto God Hebrewes 9. 14. and 10. 8. 10. and of Christians that present their bodies a living sacrifice holy acceptable unto God
beasts which are borne to him into one fold together but every flocke by it selfe They may not tithe of the sheepe for the bullocks noâ— of the bul 〈…〉 for the sheepe but they may tithe of the sheepe for the goats and of the goats for the sheep for Tson the flock compreheÌ„deth them both They may not tithe them that are born this yeere from them that are borne in another yeere even as they may not tithe of the seed of the land of the new for the old or of the old for the new All that are borne in the first of Tâ—â—ri September untill the 29. of Elâ—â— August are alike and they may tithe of the one for the other If five lambs be borne the 29. day of August and five the first of September they are not alike or matches If a lamb bring forth a yong within her yeere then shee and her yong are put into the fold together to be tithed Maim in Becoroth ch 7. s. 1. 5. The tithes as also the First fruits in Israel which the Lord sanctified to himselfe besides their use for his honour the sustentation of his ministers and the poore had also a further signification of Gods elect people whom hee sanctifieth and reserveth unto himselfe for salvation as the tithes and first fruits of his creatures Esay 6. 13. Ier. 2. 3. Iam. 1. 18. Heb. 12. 23. Rev. 14. 4. Vers. 33. He shall not search the Greeke translateth Thou shalt not change them a good for a bad or a bad for a good the change thereof that is the beast put in the place thereof not be redeemed under this the Hebrewes understand also a prohibition to sell it if it were unblemished as Maimony in Becoroth c. 6. s. 5. c. saith It is unlawfull to sell the tithe beast if it be perfect without blemish for it is said It shall not bee redeemed Wee have beene taught that this is also a prohibition to sell it And it seemeth unto me that be thas selleth his tithe doth nothing his sale is of no force neither shall the buyer receive it By the doctrine of our Scribes it is unlawfull to sell the blemished tithe yea though it bee slaine But if a blemished tithe beast be slaine it is lawfull to â—ell the fat synewes skin or bones thereof and they have forbidden nothing to bee sold but the flesh onely T 〈…〉 tithes in Israel being thus sanctified by the commandement of God unto his honour the maintenance of his ministers and reliefe of his poore people it taught them and teacheth us to honouâ— the Lord with our substance Prov. 3. 9. acknowledging him to bee the author of all our increase and store Deut. 8. 13. 18. Hos. 2. 8. to honour his ministers and to communicate unto them in 〈◊〉 good things 1 Tim. 5. 17. 18. Galat. 6. 6. that they which sow unto us spirituall things should reape our carnall things 1 Cor. 9. 11. and to give almes of such things as wee have that all things may bee cleane unto us Luk. 11. 41. yea even to se 〈…〉 that we have and give almes to provide our selves bagges which waxe not old a treasure in the heaven that faileth not Luk. 12. 33. And as we beleeve that the purpose of God towards us in his election of grace standeth firme and unchangeable and hee loveth us unto the end Rom. 9. 11. Ioh. 13. 1. so ought our love againe unto him and his to be constant for ever and with purpose of heart we should cleave unto the Lord Act. 11. 23. HEB. 7. 11. 12. If perfection were by the Leviticall Priesthood for under it the people received the Law what further need was there that another Priest should rise after the order of Melchisedek and not be called after the order of Aaron For the Priesthood being changed there is made of necessitie a change also of the Law HEB. 8. 1. 2. We have such an high Priest who is set on the right hand of the throne of the Majestie in the heavens a minister of the Holies and of the true Tabernacle which the Lord pitched and not man HEB. 9. 28. Christ was once offred to beare the sinnes of many and unto them that looke for him shall he appeare the second time without Sinne unto salvation ANNOTATIONS VPON THE FOVRTH BOOKE OF MOSES CALLED NVMBERS WHEREIN BY CONFERENCE OF THE Scriptures by comparing the Greeke and Chaldee Versions and Testimonies of Hebrew Writers the Lawes and Ordinances given of old unto ISRAEL in this Booke are explained BY HENRY AINSWORTH IVDE vers 5. I will put you in remembrance though ye once knew this how that the Lord having saved a people out of the Land of Egypt afterward destroyed them that beleeved not PSALM 95. 10. Fortie yeeres was I grieved with this generation HEB. 3. 17 18 19. 4. 11. But with whom was he grieved fortie yeeres Was it not with them that had sinned whose carkasses fell in the wildernesse And to whom sware he that they should not enter into his rest but to them that beleeved not So wee see that they could not enter in because of unbeleefe Let us labour therefore to enter into that rest lest any man fall after the same example of unbeleefe LONDON ¶ Printed by John Haviland for John Bellamie and are to be sold at his shop neere the ROYALL EXCHANGE 1626. The summe of the Booke of NVMBERS THis fourth booke of Moses sheweth the numbers and order of the Tribes of Israel as they camped about Gods Sanctuarie and journeyed thorow the Wildernesse with the many troubles rebellions punishments favours deliverances conquests c. in their travels during the time of almost 39. yeeres With additions and explanations of sundry Lawes given of God for their sanctification and preparation to the inheritance of the Land of Canaan More particularly THe numbring of the Tribes of Israel except the Levites Chap. 1 The order of the Tribes when they encamped and journeyed 2 The numbers order charges of the Priests and Levites 3. and 4 Lawes for the sanctifying of the Campe for jealousie Nazirites and blessing of the people 5. and 6 The Princes oblations at the dedication of the Tabernacle and Altar 7 The consecration of the Levites to their ministeries 8 The Passeover in the wildernesse The cloud that guided the people 9 Silver trumpets with their uses The campe ariseth and setteth forward 10 The people murmur and lust for flesh are fed and punished Seventie Elders are joyned with Moses 11 Mary murmureth against Moses and is striken with leprosie 12 Twelve men are sent to spie the Land of Canaan 13 They bring up an evill report of the Land the people murmur and rebell and are condemned to die in the wildernesse 14 Lawes how to sacrifice in Canaan 15 The rebellions and punishments of Korah Dathan Abiram and the Congregation of Israel 16 Aarons rod flourisheth for a signe to confirme the Leviticall priesthood 17 The Priests and Levites
charges with their portions for their livelihod Chap. 〈◊〉 The making and use of the water of purification 19 Mary dieth The people murmur for water and have it from the Rocke where Moses and Aaron offend Aaron dieth 2â— Israel conquer some Canaanites murmur and are bitten of fierie serpents but healead by a brasen Serpent Their conquest over S 〈…〉 and Og kings of the Amorites 2â— Balaam is hired of the Moabites to curse Israel but God turneth his curse into a 〈◊〉 fing 22 23 24 Israel joyneth to Baal-peor and iâ— plagu 〈…〉 25 The last numbring of the Israelites 〈◊〉 should possesse the land 26 A law for women to inherit Iosua is appointed successor to Moses 2â— The Oblations on Sabbaths and at sol 〈…〉 feasts 28. and 29 The law concerning vowes 30 Israel overcommeth the Midianites 31 Reuben Gad and halfe Manasses have their inheritance assigned in the land of S 〈…〉 and Og. 32 The 42. journies of Israel in the wildeâ—nesse 33 The bounds of the land of Canaan and 〈…〉 dividing it by lot 34 The 48. cities of the Levites and 〈◊〉 refuge for unwilling manslayers 〈◊〉 A law for mariage in their owne tribes 〈◊〉 inheritances should be removed Chap. 〈◊〉 THE FOVRTH BOOKE OF MOSES CALLED NVMBERS CHAPTER I. 1. In the second yeere after Israel was come out of Egypt God commandeth Moses to number all the males of the people from twenty yeeres old and upward 5. The Princes of the tribes that were joyned with Moses and Aaron for this businesse 17. The number of every tribe particularly 45. The summe of them all together 47. The Levites are not numbred among the tribes 50. but are exempted for the seruice of the Lord about the Tabernacle ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses in the wildernesse of Sinaâ— in the Tent of the congregation in the first day of the second moneth in the second yeere after their comming forth out of the land of Egypt saying Take ye the summe of all the congregation of the sonnes of Israel according to their families according to the house of their fathers by the number of the names every male according to their polles From twentie yeeres old and upward every one that goeth forth with the armie in Israel ye shall muster them by their armies thou and Aaron And with you there shal be a man of every Tribe every man shal be head of the house of his fathers And these are the names of the men which shall stand with you Of Reuben Elizur the son of Shedeur Of Simeon Shelumiel the son of Zurishaddai Of Iudah Naasson the son of Amminadab Of Issachar Nethaneel the son of Zuar Of Zabulon Eliab the son of Helon Of the sons of Ioseph of Ephraim Elishama the son of Ammihud of Manasses Gamaliel the son of Pedahzur Of Benjamin Abidan the son of Gideoni Of Dan Ahiezer the son of Ammishaddai Of Aser Pagiel the son of Ocran Of Gad Eliasaph the son of Deguel Of Naphtali Ahira the son of Enan These be the called of the congregation Princes of the tribes of their fathers heads of the thousands of Israel And Moses and Aaron tooke these men which are expressed by names And they assembled all the congregation in the first day of the second moneth and they declared their genealogies according to their familes according to the house of their fathers by the number of the names from twentie yeeres old and upward according to their polles As Iehovah commanded Moses so he mustered them in the wildernesse of Sinai And the sons of Reuben the first-borne of Israel were by their generations according to their families according to the house of their fathers by the number of the names according to their polles every male from twentie yeeres old and upward every one that went forth with the armie Those that were mustered of them of the tribe of Reuben were six and forty thousand and five hundred Of the sonnes of Simeon by their generations according to their families according to the house of their fathers those that were mustered of him by the number of the names according to their polles every male from twentie yeeres old and upward every one that went forth with the armie Those that were mustered of them of the tribe of Simeon were nine and fifty thousand and three hundred Of the sonnes of Gad by their generations according to their families according to the house of their fathers by the number of the names from twentie yeeres old and upward every one that went forth with the armie Those that were mustered of them of the tribe of Gad were five and forty thousand and six hundred and fifty Of the sonnes of Iudah by their generations according to their families according to the house of their fathers by the number of the names from twentie yeeres old and upward every one that went forth with the armie Those that were mustered of them of the tribe of Iudah were foure and seventy thousand and six hundred Of the sonnes of Issachar by their generations according to their families according to the house of their fathers by the number of the names from twentie yeeres old and upward every one that went forth with the armie Those that were mustered of them of the tribe of Issachar were foure and fifty thousand and foure hundred Of the sonnes of Zabulon by their generations according to their families according to the house of their fathers by the number of the names from twentie yeeres old and upward every one that went forth with the armie Those that were mustered of them of the tribe of Zabulon were seven and fiftie thousand and foure hundred Of the sonnes of Ioseph of the sonnes of Ephraim by their generations according to their families according to the house of their fathers by the number of the names from twentie yeeres old and upward every one that went forth with the armie Those that were mustered of them of the tribe of Ephraim were fortie thousand and five hundred Of the sonnes of Manasses by their generations according to their families according to the house of their fathers by the number of their names from twentie yeeres old and upward every one that went forth with the armie Those that were mustered of them of the tribe of Manasses were two and thirtie thousand and two hundred Of the sonnes of Benjamin by their generations according to their families according to the house of their fathers by the number of the names from twentie yeeres old and upward every one that went forth with the armie Those that were mustered of them of the tribe of Benjamin were five and thirtie thousand and foure hundred Of the sonnes of Dan by their generations according to their families according to the house of their fathers by the number of the names from twentie yeeres old and upward every one that went forth with the armie Those that were mustered of them of the tribe of Dan were two and sixtie thousand and seuen
Meribah Num. 20. Moses also him-selfe at the same place for which he could not come into the land of Canaan The punishments laid on them by the Lord for their disobedience were many They died by the sword of the enemie as of the Amalekites Exod. 17. and of the Canaanites Num. 14. 45. and some by the sword of their brethren Exod. 32. Some were burnt with fire Num. 11. and 16. some died with surfe◠Num. 11. some were swallowed up alive into the earth Num. 16. some were killed with serpents Num. 21. many died of the pestilence Num. 16. 46. and c. 5. 25. and generally all that generatiō w ch were first mustered after their comming out of Egypt perished Num. 26. 64 65. God consumed their dayes in vanitie and their yeares in terrour Psal. 78. 33. Neverthelesse for his names sake he magnified his mercies unto them and their posteritie He had divided the sea and led them thorow on dry land drowning their enemies Exod. 14. He led them with a cloud by day and a pillar of fire by night continually Hee gave them Manna from heaven daily Hee clave the rocks and gave them water for their thirst Hee sed them with Quailes when they longed for flesh He sweetned the bitter waters He saved them from the sword of their enemies He delivered them from the fiery serpents and scorpions Their raiment waxed not old upon them neither did their foot swell those 40 yeares Deut. 8. 4. He delivered them from the curse of Balaam and turned it into a blessing because he loved them Num. 22. Deut. 23. 5. He came downe upon mount Sinai and spake with them from heaven and gave them right judgements and true lawes good statutes and commandements and gave also his good spirit to instruct them Nehem. 9. 13. 20. In the times of his wrath he remembred mercie his eye spared them from destroying them neither did he make an end of them in the wildernesse Ezek. 20. 17. 22. He gave them Kingdomes and Nations and they possessed the lands of their enemies and hee multiplied their children as the starres of heaven and brought them into the land promised unto their fathers Nehem. 9. 22. 23. Now whatsoever things were written aforetime were written for our learning that we through patience and comfort of the Scriptures might have hope Rom. 15. 4. Vers. 52. Ye shall drive out or ye shall dispossess◠as in vers 53. in Greeke ye shall destroy So Moses explaineth this law to be meant of their destruction in Deut. 7. 1 2. And they might not be suffered to dwell in the land Exod. 23. 33. their pictures or their imagerie workes which the Chaldee expoundeth the house or place of their worship see the Annotations on Lev. 26. 1. their molten image Hebr. the images of their meltings that is which they have molten under which name graven images and all other idols are implied as is shewed on Ex. 20. 4. This law is also repeated in Deut. 7. 5. and Deut. 12. quite plucke downe or destroy abolish letting nothing remaine in Greeke take away their pillars see Lev. 26. 30. Vers. 53. dispossesse the land or disinherit drive out as in v. 52. the land that is as the Greek translateth destroy the inhabitants of the land and so Moses explaineth it in v. 55. A like phrase is in Ios. 17. 17. they could not dispossesse or drive out the cities meaning the inhabitants of those cities so house is for the houshold or men of the house Gen. 45. 11. 18. It may also be translated yee shall inherit the land and so it agreeth with the words following Vers. 54. by lot as was commanded before in Num. 26. 55. ye shall give them the more inheritance Hebr. yee shall multiply his inheritance see this phrase in Num. 26. 54. for him that is for any one or for every one Vers. 55. shall be pricks or shall be for pricks in your eyes and for thornes in your sides which Ioshua repeating saith scourges in your sides and thornes in your eies Ios. 23. 13. And the Prophet speaking of the enemies of Gods people calleth them a pricking bryar unto the house of Israel and a grieving thorne Ezek. 28. 24. By these similitudes the hurt and mischiefe is signified which such wicked people would doe unto the Church in soule and body being a meane to draw them into sin and to afflict them as it is written They destroyed not the Nations concerning whom the LORD commanded them but were mingled among the heathen and learned their works and served their idols which were a snare unto them Psal. 106. 34 35 36. And the troubles which they brought upon Israel are set forth in the booke of Iudges in the historie of Iabin Sisera and other So the Chaldee expoundeth these pricks and thornes thus They shall be companies taking up armes against you and troupes causing you to fall shall vex you in the land and Iosua addeth untill ye perish from off this good land which Iehovah your God hath given you Ios. 23. 13. CHAP. XXXIV 1 The Lord by Moses declareth unto Israel the borders of the land of Canaan which they should inherit 16 The names of the Princes that should divide the land ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Command the sonnes of Israel and say unto them When yee come into the land of Canaan that is the land that shall fall unto you for an inheritance the land of Canaan with the borders thereof And your South quarter shall be from the wildernesse of Zin by the sides of Edom and your South border shall be the outmost coast of the salt sea Eastward And your border shall turne about from the South to the ascent of Akrabbim and passe on to Zin and the goings out thereof shall be from the South to Kadesh-barnea and it shall goe out to Hazar Addar and passe on to Azmon And the border shall turne about from Azmon unto the river of Egypt and the goings out of it shall be at the sea And the sea border you shall even have the great sea and the border thereof this shall be your sea border And this shall be your North border from the great sea you shall point out for you mount Hor. From mount Hor ye shall point out unto the entrance of Hamath and the goings out of the border shall be to Zedad And the border shall goe out to Ziphron and the goings out of it shall be at Hazar Enan this shall be your North border And yee shall point out for you for the East border from Hazar Enan to Shepham And the border shall goe downe from Shepham to Riblah on the East side of Ain and the border shall goe downe and shall reach unto the side of the sea of Chinnereth Eastward And the border shall goe downe to Iordan and the goings out of it shall be at the salt sea this shall be your land with the borders thereof round about And Moses commanded the sonnes